SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549-1004

FORM 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________ to __________

Commission file number 1-3579

PITNEY BOWES INC.

Incorporated pursuant to the Laws of the State of Delaware

Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification No. 06-0495050

World Headquarters
1 Elmcroft Road
Stamford, Connecticut 06926-0700
Telephone Number: (203) 356-5000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on
which registered	

	 	

	
 	 	 	
Common Stock ($1 par value)	 	New York Stock Exchange	
 	 	 	
$2.12 Convertible Cumulative Preference Stock (no par value)	 	New York Stock Exchange	
 	 	 	
Preference Share Purchase Rights	 	New York Stock Exchange	
 	 	 	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

            4% Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock ($50 par value)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x  No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

As of February 20, 2004, the number of shares of common stock, $1 par value, outstanding was 232,536,114. The aggregate market value of voting stock (common stock and $2.12 convertible cumulative preference stock) held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based on the closing price of these securities on the New York Stock Exchange at June 30, 2003) is $8,962,277,703.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 10, 2004 are incorporated by reference in Part III.

PITNEY BOWES INC.
PART I	 	 	 	
 	Item 1. –	Business	3	
 	Item 2. –	Properties	5	
 	Item 3. –	Legal proceedings	6	
 	Item 4. –	Submission of matters to a vote of security holders	7	
 	 	 	 	
PART II	 	 	 	
 	Item 5. –	Market for the registrant’s common stock and related stockholder matters	8	
 	Item 6. –	Selected financial data	9	
 	Item 7. –	Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations	10	
 	Item 7A. –	Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk	32	
 	Item 8. –	Financial statements and supplementary data	33	
 	Item 9. –	Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure	77	
 	Item 9A. –	Controls and procedures	77	
 	 	 	 	
PART III	 	 	 	
 	Item 10. –	Directors and executive officers of the registrant	77	
 	Item 11. –	Executive compensation	78	
 	Item 12. –	Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters	78	
 	Item 13. –	Certain relationships and related transactions	78	
 	Item 14. –	Principal accountant fees and services	78	
 	 	 	 	
PART IV	 	 	 	
 	Item 15. –	Exhibits, financial statement schedules and reports on Form 8-K	78	
 	Signatures	 	84	

PITNEY BOWES INC.
PART I

ITEM 1 - BUSINESS

Our company was incorporated in the state of Delaware on April 23, 1920, as the Pitney Bowes Postage Meter Company. Today, we are a provider of leading-edge global, integrated mail and document management solutions for organizations of all sizes.

Pitney Bowes Inc. and its subsidiaries (which we refer to in this Form 10-K as us, we, our or the company) operate in three reportable segments: Global Mailstream Solutions, Global Enterprise Solutions and Capital Services. We operate both inside and outside the United States. See Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements for financial information concerning revenue, operating profit and identifiable assets, by reportable segment and geographic area.

For more information about us, our products, services and solutions, visit www.pitneybowes.com. Also, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments or exhibits to those reports will be made available free of charge through our Investor Relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Business Segments

Global Mailstream Solutions

Our Global Mailstream Solutions segment includes worldwide revenue and related expenses from the rental of postage meters and the sale, rental and financing of mailing equipment, including mail finishing and software-based mail creation equipment. We also include in this segment, software-based shipping, transportation and logistics systems, related supplies and services, presort mail services, postal payment solutions and supply chain solutions such as order management and fulfillment support. We sell, rent or finance our products. We sell our supplies and services. Some of our products are sold through dealers.

Products in this segment include postage meters, mailing machines, address hygiene software, manifest systems, letter and parcel scales, mail openers, mailroom furniture, folders, table-top inserters, paper handling equipment, shipping equipment, software-based shipping and logistics systems, presort machines and postal payment solutions.

Global Enterprise Solutions

Our Global Enterprise Solutions segment includes Pitney Bowes Management Services (PBMS) and Document Messaging Technologies (DMT). In this segment, we sell, rent or finance our products. We sell our supplies and services.

PBMS includes worldwide revenue and related expenses from facilities management contracts for advanced mailing, secure mail services, reprographic, document management and other high-value services. PBMS offers a variety of business support services to our customers to manage copy, reprographic and mail centers, facsimile, electronic printing and imaging services, and records management. PBMS is a major provider of on- and off-site services which help our customers manage the creation, processing, storage, retrieval, distribution and tracking of documents and messages in both paper and digital form.

DMT includes U.S. revenue and related expenses from the sale, service and financing of high speed, software-enabled production mail systems, sorting equipment, incoming mail systems, electronic statement, billing and payment solutions, and mailing software.

We include our internal financial services operations in both the Global Mailstream Solutions and Global Enterprise Solutions segments. The internal financial services operations provide lease financing for our products in the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Norway, Ireland, Australia, Austria, Spain, Italy, Switzerland, Sweden, Denmark and the Netherlands.

Capital Services

Our Capital Services segment consists of financing for non-Pitney Bowes equipment. It includes primarily interest and fee-based income generated by financing arrangements. Core Capital Services consists primarily of financing of Imagistics International Inc. (IGI) copier equipment. Non-core Capital Services consists primarily of financing of large-ticket, non-Pitney Bowes equipment.

In the past, we have directly financed or arranged financing for commercial and non-commercial aircraft, real estate, over-the-road trucks and trailers, locomotives, railcars, rail and bus facilities, office equipment and high-technology equipment such as data processing and communications equipment. In January 2003, we announced that we would cease originating large-ticket, structured,

3

third-party, financing of non-core lease assets. In 2003, we liquidated approximately $337 million of non-core assets and continued to pursue opportunities to reduce our exposure to non-core lease assets on an economically advantageous basis. Our remaining investment in Capital Services lease related assets included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 was $2.05 billion. See Capital Services in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

Support Services

We maintain extensive field service organizations in the U.S. and some other countries to provide support services to customers who have rented, leased or purchased equipment. These support services, which are usually in the form of annual maintenance contracts, accounted for approximately 13% of revenue in 2003, 2002 and 2001.

Marketing

Our products and services are marketed through an extensive network of offices in the U.S. and through a number of our subsidiaries and independent distributors and dealers in many countries throughout the world. We also use direct marketing, outbound telemarketing and the Internet. We sell to a variety of business, governmental, institutional and other organizations. We believe we have a broad base of customers, and we are not dependent upon any one customer or type of customer for a significant part of our business. We do not have significant backlog or seasonality relating to our businesses .

Credit Policies

We establish credit approval limits and procedures at regional, divisional, subsidiary and corporate levels based on the credit quality of the customer and the type of product or service provided. In addition, we utilize an Automatic Approval Program (AAP) for certain leases within our internal financing division. The AAP program is designed to facilitate low dollar transactions by utilizing historical payment patterns and losses realized for customers with common credit characteristics. The program dictates the criteria under which we will accept a customer without performing a more detailed credit investigation. The AAP considers criteria such as maximum equipment cost, a customer’s time in business and current payment experience with our internal financing division.

We base our credit decisions primarily on a customer’s financial strength, and, in the case of our Capital Services programs, we have also considered collateral values.

Credit Experience

In 2002, we recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $213 million ($134 million net of taxes) or 56 cents per diluted share primarily related to the rapid deterioration in business conditions of the U.S. airline industry. For a further discussion of our aircraft leasing investments, please refer to Capital Services in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

The percentage of receivables over 30 days delinquent was 7.7% at December 31, 2003, 7.4% at December 31, 2002 and 8.1% at December 31, 2001, of which the percentage relating to financial services was 46%, 53% and 58% at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

We have charged losses of $11.2 million, $13.7 million and $10.3 million against the allowance for doubtful accounts in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Charges against the allowance for credit losses on finance receivables were $64.7 million, $66.3 million and $50.4 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Operations Outside the United States

Our manufacturing operations outside the U.S. are in the United Kingdom, France and Germany.

Competition

Historically, we have been a leading supplier of products and services in our business segments, particularly postage meters and mailing machines. Our meter base and our continued ability to place meters in key markets is a significant contributor to our current and future revenue and profitability. However, all of our segments face strong competition from a number of companies. In particular, we face competition in many countries for new placements from several postage meter and mailing machine suppliers, and our mailing systems products face competition from products and services offered as alternative means of message communications. PBMS, a major provider of business support services and document management to the corporate, financial services, and professional services markets, competes against national, regional and local firms specializing in facilities and document management. We believe

4

that our long experience and reputation for product quality, and our sales and support service organizations are important factors in influencing customer choices with respect to our products and services.

The financing business is highly competitive. Leasing companies, commercial finance companies, commercial banks and other financial institutions compete, in varying degrees, in the several markets in which our finance operations do business. Our competitors range from very large, diversified financial institutions to many small, specialized firms. In view of the market fragmentation and absence of any dominant competitors, we believe that it is not possible to provide a meaningful description of our finance operations’ competitive position in these markets.

Research and Development/Patents

We have research and development programs that are directed toward developing new products and service methods. Our expenditures on research and development totaled $147.3 million, $141.3 million and $133.1 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

As a result of our research and development efforts, we have been awarded a number of patents with respect to several of our existing and planned products. We do not believe our businesses are materially dependent on any one patent or any group of related patents or on any one license or any group of related licenses.

Material Supplies

We believe we have adequate sources for most parts and materials for our products that we manufacture. However, as we continue to shift from direct manufacturing to assembly of our products, we rely to an increasing extent on microelectronic components, and temporary shortages of these components have occurred from time to time due to the demands by many users of such components. However, we do not expect these temporary shortages to have a material adverse impact on our business.

Regulatory Matters

We are subject to the U.S. Postal Service’s regulations and those of foreign postal authorities, related to product specifications and business practices. From time to time, we will work with these governing bodies to help in the enhancement and growth of mail and the mail channel. See Legal and Regulatory Matters in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

Employee Relations

At December 31, 2003, we employed 24,747 persons in the U.S. and 7,727 persons outside the U.S. Headcount declined in 2003 compared to 2002 primarily due to our 2003 restructuring initiatives partially offset by increased headcount as a result of our 2003 acquisitions. We believe that employee relations are satisfactory. The large majority of our employees are not represented by any labor union. Our management follows the policy of keeping employees informed of decisions, and encourages and implements employee suggestions whenever practicable.

ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

Our World Headquarters and certain other office and manufacturing facilities are located in Stamford, Connecticut. We have additional office facilities located in Shelton, Connecticut. We maintain research and development operations at a corporate engineering and technology center in Shelton, Connecticut. A sales and service training center is located near Atlanta, Georgia. We believe that our current manufacturing, administrative and sales office properties are adequate for the needs of all of our operations.

In 2002, we announced that we are reviewing options for real estate realignment, including alternative sites for our World Headquarters office, in order to better meet our long-term needs. We are continuing to review the alternatives. During 2003, we decided to exit our Main Plant facility in Stamford, Connecticut in connection with our product sourcing and real estate optimization strategy. See Restructuring Charges in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

Global Mailstream Solutions

The headquarters for Global Mailstream Solutions is located in Stamford, Connecticut. Its products are manufactured or assembled in a number of plants principally in Connecticut; Harlow, England; Friedberg, Germany; Lyon, France and St. Denis, France. Most of

5

these facilities are owned by the company. At December 31, 2003, there were 158 sales, support services and finance offices, substantially all of which are leased, located throughout the U.S. and in a number of other countries.

Global Enterprise Solutions

DMT is headquartered in Danbury, Connecticut. We lease eleven facilities located throughout the U.S. PBMS is headquartered in Stamford, Connecticut and leases 61 facilities located throughout the U.S. and in Canada, England, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Norway, the Netherlands and Sweden.

Capital Services

The headquarters of our Capital Services business is located in Shelton, Connecticut.

ITEM 3 – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary course of normal business, we are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions. These may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things:
 	•	contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts	
 	•	intellectual property or patent rights	
 	•	equipment, service, payment or other disputes with customers	
 	•	disputes with employees	
In addition, we are a defendant in several purported class actions relating to a program our wholly-owned subsidiary, Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation (PBCC), offers to some of its leasing customers to replace the leased equipment if it is lost, stolen or destroyed. Each of these actions alleges generally that the PBCC program is mischaracterized in the lease contract and is not properly communicated to the customers. Based on the only currently pending class certification motions, in California and Alabama, it appears that plaintiffs are requesting class-wide relief on their breach of contract claims only and that the class-wide damages sought are reimbursement of the fees paid. The complaints also seek to enjoin PBCC from offering the program in the future. The currently pending purported class actions are as follows:  Boston Reed v. Pitney Bowes, et al.  (Superior Court of California, County of Napa, filed January 16, 2002) (class and representative action purportedly on behalf of California customers, February 1998 to the present; our summary judgment motion is ready for decision);  Harbin, et al. v. Pitney Bowes, et al.  (Montgomery, Alabama Circuit Court, filed March 19, 2002) (class action purportedly on behalf of Alabama customers, dating from March 1996 to the present; our motion for summary judgment was denied in February 2004 but the court has granted us the right to seek an immediate appeal of key aspects of that decision; the class certification motion is ready for decision with either party having the right to an immediate appeal of an adverse decision);  McFerrin Insurance v. Pitney Bowes, et al.  (District Court, Jefferson County, Texas, filed May 29, 2002) (class action amended to be on behalf of a purported national class in September 2003);  Comsentech, Inc., et al. v. Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation  (United States District Court, Western District of Louisiana, filed March 31, 2003) (class action purportedly on behalf of Louisiana customers, with no date limitation disclosed);  Cred-X v. Pitney Bowes, et al.  (Circuit Court, Kanawha County West Virginia, filed November 19, 2003) (class action purportedly on behalf of West Virginia customers with one claim purportedly on behalf of a national class of customers, with no date limitation disclosed). In addition to the purported class actions listed above, there are several individual actions brought on behalf of Mississippi customers.

We have previously prevailed at the summary judgment stage in two similar litigations, including one federal court decision affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.

We are also a defendant in a patent action brought by Ricoh Company, Ltd. in which there are allegations of infringement against certain of our important mailing products, including the DM Series TM . To date, the plaintiff has not specified the relief sought.  Ricoh Corporation et al. v. Pitney Bowes Inc. (United States District Court, District of New Jersey, filed November 26, 2002).

In the cases described above, plaintiffs may seek to recover large and sometimes unspecified amounts of damages or other types of relief, and some matters may remain unresolved for several years. Although we cannot predict the outcome of such matters, based on current knowledge, we do not believe that the ultimate outcome of the litigation referred to in this section will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, if the plaintiffs do prevail, the result may have a material effect on our financial position, future results of operations or cash flows, including, for example, our ability to offer certain types of goods or services in the future.

6

ITEM 4 – SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

We did not submit any matters to a vote of our shareholders during the three months ended December 31, 2003.

Executive Officers of the Registrant
Name	 	Age	 	Title	 	Executive
Officer Since	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Michael J. Critelli	 	55	 	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	 	1988	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brian M. Baxendale	 	61	 	Senior Vice President and President, Enterprise Relationship Development	 	2000	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gregory E. Buoncontri	 	56	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer	 	2000	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Karen M. Garrison	 	55	 	Executive Vice President	 	1999	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Luis A. Jimenez	 	59	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer	 	1999	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Matthew S. Kissner	 	49	 	Executive Vice President and Group President, Global Enterprise Solutions	 	1997	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Murray D. Martin	 	56	 	Executive Vice President and Group President, Global Mailstream Solutions	 	1998	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Michele Coleman Mayes	 	54	 	Senior Vice President and General Counsel	 	2003	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bruce P. Nolop	 	53	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	2000	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Johnna G. Torsone	 	53	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer	 	1993	
There is no family relationship among the above officers, all of whom have served in various corporate, division or subsidiary positions with the company for at least the past five years except G.E. Buoncontri, L.A. Jimenez, M. Coleman Mayes and B.P. Nolop.

Mr. Buoncontri was formerly the Vice President, Information Technology and Chief Information Officer of Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corp. (merger of Sandoz and Ciba Geigy). Prior to the merger, he also served as the Vice President, Information Systems and Chief Information Officer for Sandoz Pharmaceuticals Company. Mr. Buoncontri also served as Vice President, Information Management Services and Chief Information Officer of Asea Brown Boveri, Inc.

Mr. Jimenez joined the company from Arthur D. Little, an international management consulting company, with over 25 years of experience. Mr. Jimenez was appointed worldwide practice leader for postal organizations in 1990, Corporate Vice President in 1991, and served most recently on the firm’s global board for telecommunications and media and as Manager of the Latin American practice.

Ms. Mayes joined the company in February 2003 as Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Prior to joining the company, Ms. Mayes was Vice President - Legal, Assistant Secretary and Corporate Officer of Colgate-Palmolive Company. Ms. Mayes also served as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel - International and Corporate as well as Vice President of Human Resources and Legal for Colgate North America. Prior to joining Colgate-Palmolive Company, Ms. Mayes also held various legal positions at Unisys Corporation.

Mr. Nolop joined the company from Wasserstein Perella & Co., an investment bank and one of Pitney Bowes’ financial advisors, where he had served as managing director since 1993. Prior to joining Wasserstein Perella & Co., Mr. Nolop held senior positions with Goldman Sachs & Co., Kimberly-Clark Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co.

7

PART II

ITEM 5 – MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Pitney Bowes common stock is traded under the symbol “PBI”. The principal market is the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Our stock is also traded on the Chicago, Philadelphia, Boston, Pacific and Cincinnati stock exchanges. At December 31, 2003, we had 27,011 common stockholders of record.

On January 30, 2004, our Board of Directors approved an increase in the dividend on common stock to an annualized rate of $1.22 per share. This is the twenty-second consecutive year that we have increased our dividend on common stock.

Stock Information

Dividends per common share
Quarter	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
First	 	$	.30	 	$	.295	 	
Second	 	 	.30	 	 	.295	 	
Third	 	 	.30	 	 	.295	 	
Fourth	 	 	.30	 	 	.295	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	1.20	 	$	1.18	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Quarterly price ranges of common stock as reported on the NYSE
 	 	2003	 	
Quarter	 	High	 	Low	 	

	 	

	 	
First	 	$	34.34	 	$	29.45	 	
Second	 	$	39.60	 	$	31.60	 	
Third	 	$	40.38	 	$	36.23	 	
Fourth	 	$	42.75	 	$	38.00	 	

 	 	2002	 	
Quarter	 	High	 	Low	 	

	 	

	 	
First	 	$	44.15	 	$	37.43	 	
Second	 	$	44.41	 	$	38.39	 	
Third	 	$	40.33	 	$	29.98	 	
Fourth	 	$	36.80	 	$	28.55	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
8

ITEM 6 – SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize selected financial data for the company, and should be read in conjunction with the more detailed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Summary of Selected Financial Data
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 	 	Years ended December 31	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	2000	 	1999	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	4,576,853	 	$	4,409,758	 	$	4,122,474	 	$	3,880,868	 	$	3,811,576	 	
Total costs and expenses	 	 	3,855,762	 	 	3,790,313	 	 	3,356,090	 	 	3,078,020	 	 	2,987,634	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income from continuing operations
     before income taxes	 	 	721,091	 	 	619,445	 	 	766,384	 	 	802,848	 	 	823,942	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	226,244	 	 	181,739	 	 	252,064	 	 	239,723	 	 	260,952	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	 	494,847	 	 	437,706	 	 	514,320	 	 	563,125	 	 	562,990	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	3,270	 	 	38,044	 	 	(25,977	)	 	64,104	 	 	73,222	 	
Cumulative effect of accounting change	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	(4,683	)	 	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	498,117	 	$	475,750	 	$	488,343	 	$	622,546	 	$	636,212	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Continuing operations	 	$	2.12	 	$	1.83	 	$	2.09	 	$	2.20	 	$	2.11	 	
 	Discontinued operations	 	 	.01	 	 	.16	 	 	(.11	)	 	.25	 	 	.27	 	
 	Cumulative effect of accounting change	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	(.02	)	 	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Net income	 	$	2.13	 	$	1.99	 	$	1.99	 	$	2.43	 	$	2.38	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Continuing operations	 	$	2.10	 	$	1.81	 	$	2.08	 	$	2.18	 	$	2.07	 	
 	Discontinued operations	 	 	.01	 	 	.16	 	 	(.10	)	 	.25	 	 	.27	 	
 	Cumulative effect of accounting change	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	(.02	)	 	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Net income	 	$	2.11	 	$	1.97	 	$	1.97	 	$	2.41	 	$	2.34	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash dividends on common,
     preference and preferred stock	 	$	280,870	 	$	282,225	 	$	285,164	 	$	292,736	 	$	272,866	 	
Cash dividends per share of common stock	 	$	1.20	 	$	1.18	 	$	1.16	 	$	1.14	 	$	1.02	 	
Average common and potential
     common shares outstanding	 	 	236,165,024	 	 	241,483,539	 	 	247,615,560	 	 	258,602,218	 	 	272,006,143	 	
Cash provided by operating activities	 	$	851,261	 	$	502,559	 	$	1,035,887	 	$	872,244	 	$	981,086	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	$	288,808	 	$	264,250	 	$	317,449	 	$	321,157	 	$	412,104	 	
Capital expenditures	 	$	285,681	 	$	224,834	 	$	256,204	 	$	268,577	 	$	304,898	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance sheet at December 31	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	8,891,388	 	$	8,732,314	 	$	8,318,471	 	$	7,901,266	 	$	8,222,672	 	
Long-term debt	 	$	2,840,943	 	$	2,316,844	 	$	2,419,150	 	$	1,881,947	 	$	1,997,856	 	
Total debt	 	$	3,573,784	 	$	3,968,551	 	$	3,494,310	 	$	3,164,548	 	$	3,324,560	 	
Capital lease obligations	 	$	4,183	 	$	4,369	 	$	3,103	 	$	4,660	 	$	6,372	 	
Preferred stockholders’ equity in a
     subsidiary company	 	$	310,000	 	$	310,000	 	$	310,000	 	$	310,000	 	$	310,000	 	
Stockholders’ equity	 	$	1,087,362	 	$	853,327	 	$	891,355	 	$	1,284,975	 	$	1,625,610	 	
Book value per common share	 	$	4.68	 	$	3.62	 	$	3.68	 	$	5.16	 	$	6.13	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ratios	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit margin from continuing operations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Pre-tax earnings	 	 	15.8	%	 	14.0	%	 	18.6	%	 	20.7	%	 	21.6	%	
 	After tax earnings	 	 	10.8	%	 	9.9	%	 	12.5	%	 	14.5	%	 	14.8	%	
Return on stockholders’ equity
     before accounting changes	 	 	45.8	%	 	55.8	%	 	54.8	%	 	48.8	%	 	39.1	%	
Debt to total capital	 	 	76.7	%	 	82.3	%	 	79.7	%	 	71.1	%	 	67.2	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stockholders of record	 	 	27,011	 	 	27,418	 	 	27,849	 	 	32,231	 	 	32,754	 	
Total employees	 	 	32,474	 	 	33,130	 	 	32,724	 	 	28,542	 	 	27,267	 	
Note: The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.

9

ITEM 7 –	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) contains statements that are forward-looking. These statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially because of factors discussed in Forward-Looking Statements on page 31 and elsewhere in this report.

Overview

In 2003, we were able to continue our transformation for long-term growth. We achieved this by staying focused on our strategic priorities, which include enhancing our core businesses, streamlining our infrastructure and executing our growth strategies. Approximately 77% of our revenue is recurring due primarily to our large lease and business service contract base and this helps us mitigate the impact of economic conditions. In 2003, we liquidated approximately $337 million of non-core Capital Services assets in connection with our previously announced strategy to cease originating large-ticket, structured, third-party, financing of non-core lease assets and continued to pursue opportunities to reduce our exposure to non-core lease assets on an economically advantageous basis. Our remaining investment in Capital Services lease related assets included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 was $2.05 billion. We also adopted a formal restructuring plan to undertake initiatives related to realigned infrastructure requirements and reduced manufacturing needs for digital equipment. We acquired DDD Company (DDD) which expanded our presence in the important government sector and we also significantly expanded our presort network to 22 sites throughout the U.S.

In 2003, revenue increased 4%, income from continuing operations increased 13% and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations increased 16% to $2.10 compared with $1.81 in 2002. Revenue growth for 2003 was driven primarily by the favorable impact of foreign currency and by the acquisitions of DDD and PSI Group, Inc. (PSI), which more than offset the negative impact of lower revenue from non-core Capital Services financing. In 2003, income from continuing operations was reduced by pre-tax restructuring charges of $117 million ($75 million net of taxes) or 32 cents per diluted share and pre-tax contributions to charitable foundations of $10 million ($6 million net of taxes) or 3 cents per diluted share. In 2003, income from continuing operations was increased by pre-tax income of $10 million ($6 million net of taxes) or 3 cents per diluted share resulting from the favorable resolution of contingencies related to a settlement of a class action lawsuit that was settled in 2002. In 2002, income from continuing operations was reduced by a non-cash pre-tax Capital Services charge of approximately $213 million ($134 million net of taxes) or 56 cents per diluted share, related to a write-down of our investments in commercial passenger aircraft leasing, and to increase our provision for credit losses primarily related to the rapid deterioration of the U.S. airline industry. Diluted earnings per share included 16 cents from non-core Capital Services in 2003 compared with 24 cents per diluted share in 2002. During 2003, we generated $851 million of cash from operating activities, repurchased 5.4 million shares of our common stock and increased our common stock dividend for the twenty-second consecutive year.

We believe that the challenges of 2004 will be very similar to 2003 as the headwind of lower earnings from our non-core Capital Services business will continue into 2004 and we anticipate higher benefits and other non-controllable costs.

See Results of Continuing Operations for 2003, 2002 and 2001 below for a more detailed discussion of our results of operations.

Results of Continuing Operations 2003 Compared to 2002

Business segment revenue

The following table shows revenue in 2003 and 2002 by business segment:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	3,156	 	$	3,012	 	 	5	%	 	
Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	1,270	 	 	1,218	 	 	4	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	4,426	 	 	4,230	 	 	5	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Non-core	 	 	110	 	 	140	 	 	(22	)%	 	
Core	 	 	41	 	 	40	 	 	2	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Capital Services	 	 	151	 	 	180	 	 	(16	)%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total revenue	 	$	4,577	 	$	4,410	 	 	4	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total Messaging Solutions revenue grew 5% over the prior year. The revenue increase came from growth in the Global Mailstream Solutions and Global Enterprise Solutions segments of 5% and 4%, respectively, over 2002.

10

Global Mailstream Solutions revenue increased 5% over the prior year driven by the favorable impact of foreign currency and the acquisition of PSI. Revenue was negatively impacted by delayed decision-making by customers for equipment upgrades and new equipment purchases at the high-end of our product line due to business and economic uncertainty. Global Mailstream Solutions revenue in the U.S. grew 2% driven by growth in small business mailing products and presort operations partially offset by lower financing and sales revenue from slower equipment sales. Within the Global Mailstream Solutions segment, international mailing revenue increased 14% primarily as a result of the favorable impact of foreign currency. On a local currency basis, Canada, France and the Nordic countries experienced good revenue growth. Canada’s revenue grew on a local currency basis due to increased leasing of equipment, improved support services revenue and strong placements of new digital meter systems and high-end production mailing systems. France’s revenue grew on a local currency basis due to the integration and success of the Secap SA (Secap) organization. This revenue growth was achieved despite lower revenue in some European countries, such as Germany, and Asia where economic conditions deteriorated and as a result demand has been slower for mailing equipment in a post meter migration environment.

Global Enterprise Solutions revenue increased 4% over the prior year driven by a 3% increase at PBMS and an 8% increase at DMT. PBMS’ revenue increased 3% over the prior year as a result of the favorable impact of foreign currency and the acquisition of DDD, which more than offset the adverse impact of contraction of business in large enterprise accounts. Contraction of business in the telecommunications, financial services and transaction based legal services industries continued to have an adverse impact on PBMS’ revenue growth and operating margins, which resulted in the loss of higher margin business with long-term customers as they continued to downsize their businesses in 2003. The acquisition of DDD demonstrates PBMS’ strategy to accelerate diversification into the government sector as well as to expand cross-selling opportunities. The diversification of its customer base will help offset the weakness that still exists in many other customer segments. DMT revenue increased 8% over the prior year driven by sales of DMT’s inserter and sortation equipment. DMT was adversely impacted during the first half of 2003 by reduced capital spending as businesses continued to delay large capital spending decisions, which in turn slowed worldwide demand for our high speed, software-enabled production mail equipment and mail processing software. Orders for inserter equipment have been strong over the second half of 2003 as businesses appear to have gradually increased their capital spending in anticipation of an improving economy.

Capital Services revenue decreased 16% due to our previously announced decision to cease originating large-ticket, structured, third-party, financing of non-core lease assets.

Business segment operating profit

The following table shows operating profit in 2003 and 2002 by business segment:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	947	 	$	894	 	 	6	%	 	
Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	75	 	 	83	 	 	(10	)%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	1,022	 	 	977	 	 	5	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Non-core	 	 	50	 	 	59	 	 	(14	)%	 	
Core	 	 	21	 	 	17	 	 	22	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Capital Services	 	 	71	 	 	76	 	 	(6	)%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total operating profit	 	$	1,093	 	$	1,053	 	 	4	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total Messaging Solutions operating profit increased 5% over the prior year. Operating profit increased 6% in the Global Mailstream Solutions segment and declined 10% in the Global Enterprise Solutions segment.

Global Mailstream Solutions operating profit increased 6% supported by revenue growth and the effect of our continued emphasis on reducing costs and controlling operating expenses. Operating profit was favorably impacted by foreign currency and lower interest expense. Operating profit was adversely affected by moderating customer orders and upgrades due to the continuing weak economy and a shift to lower margin products and services.

The operating profit decrease in our Global Enterprise Solutions segment resulted from a 19% operating profit decrease at PBMS partially offset by a 25% operating profit increase at DMT. Operating profit at PBMS was adversely impacted by acquiring new lower margin accounts, lost higher margin accounts, and contraction of businesses in the telecommunications, financial services and transaction-based legal services sectors. PBMS continued its actions to offset economic sensitivity by diversifying its customer base into other market segments and providing higher value services to existing customers while reducing general and administrative expenses to address margin pressures. DMT’s operating profit growth resulted from increased placements of high margin equipment.

Operating profit decreased 6% in the Capital Services segment consistent with our previously announced decision to cease originating large-ticket, structured, third-party, financing of non-core lease assets. Operating profit was favorably impacted by lower interest expense compared to the prior year as a result of the decline in interest rates and the sale of non-core Capital Services assets.

11

Revenue by source

The following table shows revenue in 2003 and 2002 by source:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Sales	 	$	1,325	 	$	1,309	 	 	1	%	 	
Rentals	 	 	860	 	 	828	 	 	4	%	 	
Core financing	 	 	545	 	 	540	 	 	1	%	 	
Non-core financing	 	 	110	 	 	140	 	 	(22	)%	 	
Business services	 	 	1,119	 	 	1,011	 	 	11	%	 	
Support services	 	 	618	 	 	582	 	 	6	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total revenue	 	$	4,577	 	$	4,410	 	 	4	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Sales revenue increased 1% over the prior year due to strong supplies sales, sales of DMT equipment and the favorable impact of foreign currency, which more than offset the impact of delayed decision-making for upgrades and new equipment purchases at the high-end of our Global Mailstream Solutions product lines.

Rentals revenue increased 4% primarily due to the favorable impact of foreign currency and the strong placements of our digital standalone meters and new digital system meters. At December 31, 2003, digital meters represented approximately 67% of our U.S. meter base, up from 58% in 2002 and electronic meters represented approximately 33% of our U.S. meter base, down from 42% in 2002. We no longer place mechanical meters, which is in line with USPS guidelines. As previously mentioned, in 2001, we adopted a formal plan to transition to the next generation of networked mailing technology. See Legal and Regulatory Matters. We do not expect this transition to have a material adverse impact on rentals revenue.

Core financing revenue increased 1% due primarily to the favorable impact of foreign currency. In total, we financed 51% and 52% of all sales in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Non-core financing revenue decreased 22% due to our previously announced decision to cease originating large-ticket, structured, third-party, financing of non-core lease assets.

Business services revenue includes revenue from PBMS and PSI. PBMS revenue increased 3% due mainly to the acquisition of DDD and the favorable impact of foreign currency. Revenue growth at PBMS was adversely affected by the continued contraction of large enterprise accounts, especially in the telecommunications, financial services and legal sectors, which resulted in the loss of higher margin business with our long-term customers as they continued to downsize their businesses in 2003. Revenue at PSI, which was acquired on August 1, 2002, increased business services revenue 8% driven by the expansion of our presort network to 22 sites at December 31, 2003 from 17 sites at December 31, 2002.

Support services revenue increased 6% due primarily to an increased service contract base and the favorable impact of foreign currency. Despite competitive pricing pressures, Global Mailstream Solutions achieved a strong increase in support services revenue due to a larger population of equipment maintenance agreements. DMT had growth in support services revenue driven by higher professional services revenue. Ongoing support services revenue continues to be partially dependent on equipment sales levels.

Costs of revenue

The following table summarizes costs of revenue as a percentage of related revenue in 2003 and 2002:
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Percentage of Revenue	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Cost of sales	 	 	$	612	 	 	 	$	593	 	 	 	46.1	%	 	 	45.3	%	 	
Cost of rentals	 	 	$	171	 	 	 	$	174	 	 	 	19.9	%	 	 	21.0	%	 	
Cost of core financing	 	 	$	141	 	 	 	$	145	 	 	 	25.9	%	 	 	26.9	%	 	
Cost of non-core financing	 	 	$	39	 	 	 	$	47	 	 	 	35.6	%	 	 	33.2	%	 	
Cost of business services	 	 	$	921	 	 	 	$	814	 	 	 	82.3	%	 	 	80.5	%	 	
Cost of support services	 	 	$	323	 	 	 	$	297	 	 	 	52.3	%	 	 	51.1	%	 	
Cost of sales, as a percentage of sales revenue, increased compared with 2002, primarily due to the increase in mix of lower margin international and DMT revenue and the initial costs associated with our transition to outsourcing parts for digital equipment.

12

Cost of rentals, as a percentage of rentals revenue, decreased compared with 2002, as a result of lower depreciation costs associated with our standalone meters and lower repair costs resulting from the shift from electronic to digital meters.

Cost of core financing, as a percentage of core financing revenue, decreased compared with 2002, primarily due to cost reduction initiatives in our financial services business.

Cost of non-core financing, as a percentage of non-core financing revenue, increased compared with 2002, as a result of our decision to cease originating large-ticket, structured, third-party, financing of non-core lease assets and sell non-core lease assets on an economically advantageous basis.

Cost of business services, as a percentage of business services revenue, increased compared with 2002, primarily due to initial lower margins, higher start-up costs and delayed implementation associated with new accounts and sites, the loss of higher margin business with long-term customers as they continue to downsize and higher employee benefit costs.

Cost of support services, as a percentage of support services revenue, increased compared with 2002, primarily due to the increase in mix of lower margin international support services revenue, partially offset by our emphasis on controlling operating expenses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

The following table shows selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue in 2003 and 2002:
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	Percentage of Revenue	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	1,220	 	$	1,186	 	 	26.7	%	 	 	26.9	%	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenue, decreased compared with 2002, as a result of our emphasis on controlling operating expenses, partially offset by costs associated with investments in infrastructure improvements, organizational transformation programs and growth initiatives.

Research and development expenses

The following table shows research and development expenses in 2003 and 2002:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	$	147	 	 	$	141	 	 	4	%	 	
Research and development expenses increased 4% in 2003 to $147 million, reflecting our continued investment in developing new technologies and enhancing features for all our products. This increase represents expenditures for new digital meters and mailing machines, billing and statement software, distribution and logistics software, advanced inserting equipment and mail sorting equipment. We expect similar levels of investment in research and development in 2004.

Net interest expense

The following table shows net interest expense in 2003 and 2002:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	$	165	 	 	$	179	 	 	(8	)%	 	
Net interest expense decreased 8% in 2003 due to lower average interest rates and lower average borrowings associated with our investment in leasing and rental products, acquisitions, dividends, and our stock repurchase program. Our variable and fixed rate debt mix, after adjusting for the effect of interest rate swaps, was 30% and 70%, respectively, at December 31, 2003. Based on current borrowing levels, a 25 basis point change in interest rates would impact annual interest expense by approximately $2 million to $3 million.

Effective tax rate

The following table shows the effective tax rate in 2003 and 2002:
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	31.4	%	 	29.3	%	
The effective tax rate in 2003 includes a .6% tax benefit from the restructuring charges recorded in 2003. The effective tax rate in 2002 included a 2.0% tax benefit related to our Capital Services charge. The effective tax rate was negatively impacted by our strategy to cease originating large-ticket, structured, third-party, financing of non-core lease assets. The tax rate continues to benefit from leasing and

13

financing activities. The tax rate is also favorably affected by our international expansion and our continued investment in developing new technologies. Our provision for taxes could be affected by tax law changes and interpretations by governments or courts. We expect our effective tax rate to increase as we continue to implement our non-core Capital Services strategy outlined on page 17.

Income from continuing operations increased 13% from $438 million to $495 million in 2003 and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations  increased 16% from $1.81 to $2.10 in 2003. In 2003, income from continuing operations was reduced by pre-tax restructuring charges of $117 million ($75 million net of taxes) or 32 cents per diluted share and pre-tax contributions to charitable foundations of $10 million ($6 million net of taxes) or 3 cents per diluted share, and increased by pre-tax income related to the favorable resolution of contingencies related to a settlement of a class action lawsuit that was settled in 2002 of $10 million ($6 million net of taxes) or 3 cents per diluted share. In 2002, income from continuing operations was reduced by a non-cash pre-tax Capital Services charge of approximately $213 million ($134 million net of taxes) or 56 cents per diluted share, related to a write-down of our investments in commercial passenger aircraft leasing and to increase our provision for credit losses primarily related to the rapid deterioration of the U.S. airline industry. Diluted earnings per share included 16 cents from non-core Capital Services in 2003 compared with 24 cents per diluted share in 2002. In 2003, diluted earnings per share continued to benefit from our share repurchase program. During the year we repurchased 5.4 million shares, approximately 2% of the average common and potential common shares outstanding at the end of 2002.

Results of Continuing Operations 2002 Compared to 2001

In 2002, our revenue increased 7%, income from continuing operations decreased 15% and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations decreased 13% to $1.81 compared with $2.08 for 2001. The acquisitions of PSI, Secap, Danka Services International (DSI), and Bell & Howell International Mail and Messaging Technologies (MMT) contributed 6% to our 2002 revenue growth. These acquisitions increased our operating profit, but including related financing costs, did not materially impact earnings either on a per share or aggregate basis. In 2002, income from continuing operations was reduced by a non-cash pre-tax Capital Services charge of approximately $213 million ($134 million net of taxes) or 56 cents per diluted share. In 2001, income from continuing operations was reduced by a charge of 68 cents per diluted share related to assets associated with our non-networked mailing technology and a charge of 30 cents per diluted share related to restructuring initiatives, and increased by a net gain of 82 cents per diluted share from legal settlements.

Business segment revenue

The following table shows revenue in 2002 and 2001 by business segment:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2002	 	2001	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	3,012	 	$	2,847	 	 	6	%	 	
Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	1,218	 	 	1,083	 	 	12	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	4,230	 	 	3,930	 	 	8	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Non-core	 	 	140	 	 	150	 	 	(7	)%	 	
Core	 	 	40	 	 	42	 	 	(5	)%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Capital Services	 	 	180	 	 	192	 	 	(6	)%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total revenue	 	$	4,410	 	$	4,122	 	 	7	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total Messaging Solutions revenue increased 8% over the prior year. The revenue increase came from growth in the Global Mailstream Solutions and Global Enterprise Solutions segments of 6% and 12%, respectively, over 2001. Approximately 77% of our total 2002 revenue is recurring revenue, which we believe is a good indicator of potential repeat business.

Global Mailstream Solutions revenue increased 6% primarily due to the acquisitions of PSI, Secap and MMT. Global Mailstream Solutions revenue in the U.S. benefited from the placement of new digital mailing systems and the demand for our mail creation and distribution solutions products. Our new DM Series ™  of digital mailing systems featuring Intellilink ™  technology experienced good customer acceptance. Within the Global Mailstream Solutions segment, international mailing revenue grew 17%, of which 15% was attributable to revenue from the acquisition of Secap and the favorable impact of foreign currency. The remaining growth was primarily attributable to improved revenue trends in the U.K. and Canada. This revenue growth was achieved despite lower revenue in Germany and several other European countries, where demand has been slower for mailing equipment in a post meter migration environment, and where we have not yet launched our new DM Series ™ .

Global Enterprise Solutions revenue growth of 12% over the prior year was driven by a 19% increase at PBMS primarily as a result of the acquisition of DSI. PBMS continued to improve its competitive position and generated strong growth in new written business, particularly in higher value document management services, but this growth was partially offset by the continued contraction of large enterprise accounts, especially in the financial services and legal sectors. DMT revenue decreased 7% over the prior year as businesses continued to delay large capital spending decisions, which in turn slowed worldwide demand for our high speed, software-enabled production mail equipment and mail processing software.

14

Capital Services revenue decreased 6% due to our previously stated strategy to concentrate on fee-based income opportunities.

Business segment operating profit

The following table shows operating profit in 2002 and 2001 by business segment:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2002	 	2001	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	894	 	$	860	 	 	4	%	 	
Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	83	 	 	77	 	 	7	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	977	 	 	937	 	 	4	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Non-core	 	 	59	 	 	51	 	 	16	%	 	
Core	 	 	17	 	 	22	 	 	(23	)%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Capital Services	 	 	76	 	 	73	 	 	4	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total operating profit	 	$	1,053	 	$	1,010	 	 	4	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Operating profit grew 4% over the prior year which reflected contributions from acquisitions, as well as our continuing emphasis on reducing costs and controlling operating expenses. Operating profit grew 4% in the Global Mailstream Solutions segment and 7% in the Global Enterprise Solutions segment.

Global Mailstream Solutions operating profit grew 4% supported by revenue growth and the effect of our continued emphasis on reducing costs and controlling operating expenses. Operating profit was adversely affected by moderating customer orders and upgrades due to the continuing weak economy and a shift to lower margin products and services.

The operating profit growth in our Global Enterprise Solutions segment came from 11% operating profit growth at PBMS offset by a 5% operating profit decrease at DMT. The operating profit growth at PBMS was supported by strong revenue growth. Operating profit was adversely affected by costs associated with acquiring new accounts, and investments in product technology and infrastructure, especially in Europe. DMT’s operating profit decline was driven by slower placements of high margin equipment, an increase in lower margin service revenue and continued investment in new product development.

Operating profit increased 4% in the Capital Services segment due primarily to the decline in interest rates.

Revenue by source

The following table shows revenue in 2002 and 2001 by source:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2002	 	2001	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Sales	 	$	1,309	 	$	1,305	 	 	-	 	 	
Rentals	 	 	828	 	 	784	 	 	6	%	 	
Core financing	 	 	540	 	 	526	 	 	3	%	 	
Non-core financing	 	 	140	 	 	150	 	 	(7	)%	 	
Business services	 	 	1,011	 	 	821	 	 	23	%	 	
Support services	 	 	582	 	 	536	 	 	9	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Total revenue	 	$	4,410	 	$	4,122	 	 	7	%	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	

	 	 	
Sales revenue remained flat in 2002. Sales growth was adversely affected by the continued slowdown of the global economy which has resulted in moderating customer orders and upgrades at Global Mailstream Solutions and DMT. Additionally, sales growth was adversely affected by our focus on rentals revenue, which should provide a more stable revenue stream over time.

Rentals revenue increased 6% primarily due to strong placements of our standalone meters and new digital meters. At December 31, 2002, digital meters represented approximately 58% of our U.S. meter base, up from 50% in 2001, and electronic meters represented approximately 42% of our U.S. meter base. We no longer place mechanical meters, which is in line with USPS guidelines. As previously mentioned, in 2001 we adopted a formal plan to transition to the next generation of networked mailing technology. See Legal and Regulatory Matters. We do not expect this transition to have a material adverse impact on rentals revenue.

Core financing revenue increased 3% due primarily to the favorable impact of foreign currency. In total, we financed 52% and 54% of all sales in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Non-core financing revenue decreased 7% due to our strategies to reduce our exposure to our Capital Services segment.

15

Business services revenue includes revenue from PBMS and PSI. Business services revenue increased 20% as a result of the acquisitions of DSI and PSI and 3% as a result of growth in new written business. Revenue growth at PBMS was adversely affected by the continued contraction of large enterprise accounts, especially in the financial services and legal sectors.

Support services revenue increased 9% in 2002. Despite competitive pricing pressures, Global Mailstream Solutions achieved a strong increase in support services revenue due to a larger population of equipment maintenance agreements and the impact of acquisitions in 2002. DMT had growth in support services revenue due to an increased service contract base and on-site contracts. Ongoing support services revenue continues to be partially dependent on equipment sales levels.

Costs of revenue

The following table shows costs of revenue as a percentage of related revenue in 2002 and 2001:
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	Percentage of Revenue	 	

	 	
 	 	2002	 	2001	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Cost of sales	 	 	 	$	593	 	 	 	 	$	611	 	 	 	45.3	%	 	 	46.8	%	 	
Cost of rentals	 	 	 	$	174	 	 	 	 	$	151	 	 	 	21.0	%	 	 	19.2	%	 	
Cost of core financing	 	 	 	$	145	 	 	 	 	$	155	 	 	 	26.9	%	 	 	29.4	%	 	
Cost of non-core financing	 	 	 	$	47	 	 	 	 	$	45	 	 	 	33.2	%	 	 	30.2	%	 	
Cost of business services	 	 	 	$	814	 	 	 	 	$	660	 	 	 	80.5	%	 	 	80.4	%	 	
Cost of support services	 	 	 	$	297	 	 	 	 	$	265	 	 	 	51.1	%	 	 	49.4	%	 	
Cost of sales, as a percentage of sales revenue, decreased compared with 2001, primarily due to a favorable product mix at our U.S. and international mailing businesses including margin improvements from the launch of our DM series ™  of digital mailing systems.

Cost of rentals, as a percentage of rentals revenue, increased compared with 2001, as a result of higher depreciation costs.

Cost of core financing, as a percentage of core financing revenue, decreased compared with 2001, primarily due to cost reduction initiatives in our financial services business.

Cost of non-core financing, as a percentage of non-core financing revenue, increased compared with 2001, primarily due to our strategic actions to transition our Capital Services business and reduce our overall exposure to long-term external financing assets.

Cost of business services, as a percentage of business services revenue, increased compared with 2001, primarily due to costs associated with acquiring new management services accounts that have not yet generated a full year of revenue.

Cost of support services, as a percentage of support services revenue, increased compared with 2001, primarily due to the increase in mix of lower margin international support services revenue, partially offset by our emphasis on controlling operating expenses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

The following table shows selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue in 2002 and 2001:
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	Percentage of Revenue	 	

	 	
 	 	2002	 	2001	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	1,186	 	$	1,106	 	 	26.9	%	 	 	26.8	%	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenue, increased compared with 2001, primarily due to costs associated with investments in infrastructure and growth initiatives.

Research and development expenses

The following table shows research and development expenses in 2002 and 2001:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2002	 	2001	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	141	 	$	133	 	 	6	%	 	
Research and development expenses increased 6% in 2002 to $141 million, reflecting our continued investment in developing new technologies and enhancing features for all our products. The 2002 increase represents expenditures for digital document delivery systems, new digital meters and mailing machines, billing and statement software, distribution and logistics software, advanced inserting equipment and mail sorting equipment.

16

Net interest expense

The following table shows net interest expense in 2002 and 2001:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2002	 	2001	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	179	 	$	184	 	 	(3	)%	 	
Net interest expense decreased due to lower average interest rates during 2002 compared with 2001. This decrease was partially offset by higher average borrowings associated with our investment in leasing and rental products, acquisitions, dividends, and our stock repurchase program. Our variable and fixed rate debt mix, after adjusting for the effect of interest rate swaps, was 32% and 68%, respectively, at December 31, 2002.

Effective tax rate

The following table shows the effective tax rate in 2002 and 2001:
 	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	29.3	%	 	 	32.9	%	 	
The effective tax rate in 2002 included a 2.0% tax benefit related to our Capital Services charge. The effective tax rate in 2001 included a 1.3% net tax charge related to legal settlements net of a restructuring charge. The tax rate continues to benefit from leasing and financing activities. The tax rate was also favorably affected by our international expansion and our continued investment in developing new technologies. Our provision for taxes could be affected by tax law changes and interpretations by governments or courts. We expect our effective tax rate to increase in 2003 and beyond as we implement our Capital Services strategy outlined below.

Capital Services

Capital Services strategy

In January 2003, we announced that we would cease originating large-ticket, structured, third-party, financing of non-core lease assets. In 2003, we liquidated approximately $337 million of non-core assets and continued to pursue opportunities to reduce our exposure to non-core lease assets on an economically advantageous basis. In 2002, we liquidated approximately $225 million of non-core financing assets primarily related to assets held for sale. Diluted earnings per share included 16 cents from non-core Capital Services in 2003 compared with 24 cents per diluted share in 2002. We estimate 2004 diluted earnings per share from non-core Capital Services to be about 8 cents per diluted share.

Capital Services charges

In 2002, we recorded a non-cash pre-tax charge of approximately $213 million, to write down our investments in commercial passenger aircraft leases primarily with US Airways Group, Inc. (US Airways) and United Air Lines (United) and to increase our provision for credit losses primarily related to commercial passenger aircraft leasing investments in the U.S. The pre-tax charge was composed of the following:
 	(1)	A write-down of U.S. aircraft lease receivables and residuals of approximately $110 million;	
 	 	 	
 	(2)	Additional credit loss reserves related to U.S. aircraft lease investments of approximately $82 million;	
 	 	 	
 	(3)	Other costs related to our aircraft leasing investments of approximately $1 million; and	
 	 	 	
 	(4)	Additional credit loss reserves related to non-aircraft Capital Services investments of approximately $20 million.	
 	 	 	
The decision of US Airways and United to file for bankruptcy in 2002 exacerbated an already difficult environment in the airline industry. As a result of the rapid deterioration of the U.S. airline industry as well as our revised Capital Services strategy, we recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $82 million to increase our provision for credit losses related to our aircraft leasing investments in the U.S. As a result of these events, combined with both the deteriorating financial condition in various other industries and the change in our Capital Services strategy, we also recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $20 million to increase our provision for credit losses related to non-aircraft leasing investments, including investments in the telecommunications industry. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for a breakdown of the Capital Services charges .

17

Investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing transactions

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, our net investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing transactions was $298 million and $344 million, respectively, which is composed of transactions with U.S. airlines of $41 million and $62 million, respectively, and foreign airlines of $257 million and $282 million, respectively. Our net investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing portfolio is financed through investments in leveraged lease transactions, direct financing lease transactions and through our equity investment in PBG Capital Partners LLC (PBG). Risk of loss under these transactions is primarily related to: (1) the inability of the airline to make underlying lease payments; (2) our inability to generate sufficient cash flows either through the sale of the aircraft or secondary lease transactions to recover our net investment; and/or (3) in the case of the leveraged lease portfolio, the absence of an equity defeasance or other third party credit arrangements. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 42% and 35% respectively, of our net investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing investments was further secured by approximately $125 million and $120 million, respectively, of equity defeasance accounts or third party credit arrangements.

Capital Services portfolio

Our investment in Capital Services lease related assets included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets is composed of the following:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Leveraged leases	 	$	1,535	 	$	1,560	 	
Finance receivables	 	 	450	 	 	708	 	
Other assets	 	 	51	 	 	61	 	
Rental equipment	 	 	18	 	 	20	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	2,054	 	$	2,349	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Our investment in leveraged lease assets consists of the following:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rental receivables	 	$	8,043	 	$	8,695	 	
Residual value	 	 	550	 	 	690	 	
Principal and interest on nonrecourse loans	 	 	(6,263	)	 	(6,854	)	
Unearned income	 	 	(795	)	 	(971	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total leveraged leases	 	$	1,535	 	$	1,560	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	•	Rental receivables represent total lease payments from our customers over the remaining term of the leveraged leases.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Residual value represents the value of the property anticipated at the end of the leveraged lease terms and is based on independent appraisals. We regularly review the recorded residual value to ensure it is appropriate.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Principal and interest on nonrecourse loans represent amounts due to unrelated third parties from our customers over the remaining term of the leveraged leases. The nonrecourse loans are secured by the lessees’ rental obligations and the leased property. If a lessee defaults and if the amounts realized from the sale of these assets are insufficient, we have no obligation to make any payments due on these nonrecourse loans to the unrelated third parties. Accordingly, we are required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) to subtract the principal and interest over the remaining term of the nonrecourse loans from our rental receivables and residual value. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the principal balances on the nonrecourse loans totaled $3.5 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, and the related interest payments over the remaining terms of the leases totaled $2.8 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Unearned income represents our future financing income that will be earned over the remaining term of the leases.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Total leveraged leases represent the amount that is recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.	
 	 	 	
18

The investment in total leveraged leases in our Consolidated Balance Sheets is diversified across the following types of assets:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	Original Lease Term
(in years)	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Locomotives and rail cars	 	$	360	 	$	303	 	 	15-40	 	 	
Postal equipment	 	 	338	 	 	307	 	 	16-24	 	 	
Commercial aircraft	 	 	279	 	 	303	 	 	23-25	 	 	
Commercial real estate	 	 	236	 	 	340	 	 	17-25	 	 	
Telecommunications	 	 	139	 	 	133	 	 	14-16	 	 	
Rail and bus	 	 	132	 	 	131	 	 	27-37	 	 	
Shipping and handling	 	 	51	 	 	43	 	 	24	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	
Total leveraged leases	 	$	1,535	 	$	1,560	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	
At December 31, 2003 and 2002, our leveraged lease investment in commercial real estate facilities included approximately $88 million and $84 million, respectively, related to leases of corporate facilities to four U.S. telecommunication entities, of which $73 million and $69 million, respectively, is with lessees that are highly rated. Additionally, our leveraged lease investment in telecommunications equipment represents leases to three highly rated international telecommunication entities. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 84% and 86%, respectively, of this portfolio is further secured by equity defeasance accounts or other third party credit arrangements. In 2002, as part of our Capital Services charges discussed on page 17, we increased our provision for credit losses related to our investment in the telecommunications industry.

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 51% and 48%, respectively, of our total leveraged lease portfolio is further secured by equity defeasance accounts or other third party credit arrangements. In addition, at December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 20% and 17%, respectively, of the remaining leveraged lease portfolio represents leases to highly rated government related organizations which have guarantees or supplemental credit enhancements upon the occurrence of certain events.

Finance receivables are composed of the following:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Assets held for sale	 	$	21	 	$	195	 	
Single investor leases:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Large ticket single investor leases	 	 	157	 	 	253	 	
 	Imagistics lease portfolio	 	 	272	 	 	260	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	450	 	$	708	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Other assets represent our 50% equity interest in PBG. See Off-Balance Sheet Items for a further discussion of our equity interest in PBG. In 2002, our net investment in PBG was reduced by a write-down of aircraft lease receivables of approximately $31 million and additional provisions for credit losses of approximately $70 million related to aircraft lease investments in the U.S. See Capital Services charges.

Our Consolidated Statements of Income includes financing revenue of $6.6 million, $32.6 million and $33.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, attributable to our assets held for sale portfolio.

Off-Balance Sheet Items

Finance receivables sales

As part of our Capital Services programs, we have, from time-to-time sold, through securitizations, net finance receivables with limited recourse. In these transactions, we have surrendered control over the transferred assets in accordance with paragraph 9 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) No. 140 and received a cash payment from the transferee. Specifically, the finance receivables were sold to a bankruptcy remote limited liability company. At the time of sale, we obtained legal counsel’s opinion that the assets were isolated and that the sale qualified as a true sale at law. Under the terms of the sale, the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets it received. There are no conditions that both constrain the transferee from taking advantage of its right to pledge or exchange and provide more than a trivial benefit to the transferor. We do not maintain effective control over the transferred assets.

We have accounted for these transactions as a sale, recognizing assets obtained and liabilities incurred in consideration as proceeds of the sale. Any resulting gain or loss was recognized in income at the time of sale. The maximum risk of loss in these transactions arises

19

from the possible non-performance of lessees to meet the terms of their contracts. We believe adequate provisions for losses have been established for receivables sold which may become uncollectible and for which we have recourse obligation, in accordance with paragraph 113 of FAS No. 140.

In selective cases, when we have sold net finance receivables, we entered into guarantee contracts with varying amounts of recourse in privately-placed transactions with unrelated third-party investors. The uncollected principal balance of receivables sold and guarantee contracts totaled $126 million and $183 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In accordance with GAAP, we do not record these amounts as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Our maximum risk of loss on these net finance receivables and guarantee contracts arises from the possible non-performance of lessees to meet the terms of their contracts and from changes in the value of the underlying equipment. These contracts are secured by the underlying equipment value, and supported by the creditworthiness of our customers. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the underlying equipment value exceeded the sum of the uncollected principal balance of receivables sold and the guarantee contracts. As part of our review of our risk exposure, we believe we have made adequate provision for sold receivables and guarantee contracts which may not be collectible. See Notes 18, 20 and 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

Equity interest

During 1997, we formed PBG with GATX Corporation (GATX) for the purpose of financing and managing certain leasing related assets existing at that time. We contributed assets to PBG and maintain a 50% interest. We currently account for our investment in PBG under the equity method and do not record the assets and liabilities of PBG in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. However, we will be required to consolidate the assets and liabilities of PBG effective March 31, 2004 when the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation (FIN) No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” become effective for us. See New Accounting Pronouncements for further details on the impact of adopting FIN No. 46. Our maximum exposure is our investment of $51 million in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003. PBG’s total assets and liabilities at December 31, 2003 are $323 million and $202 million, respectively.

State and local government financing

As part of our Capital Services business, we originated tax-exempt secured loans to state and local governments and sold certificates of interest in these loans. Generally, we recognized revenue for the fees we received upon the sale of these certificates. These transactions however, may have required us to buy back certificates if interest rates rose significantly. During 2003, we sold all of our remaining interest in these structures. We have no future servicing responsibility or risk associated with these transactions. Certificates outstanding at December 31, 2002 were $216.8 million,which in accordance with GAAP, were not recorded as assets or liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Restructuring Charges

2003 Restructuring Plan

In January 2003, we announced that we would undertake restructuring initiatives related to realigned infrastructure requirements and reduced manufacturing needs for digital equipment. At that time, we expected the pre-tax cost of these restructuring initiatives would be about $160 million ($100 million net of taxes). We continue to review the anticipated cost of these restructuring initiatives and currently estimate 2004 charges to continue at about the same rate as those recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. As we continue to finalize our 2004 restructuring plans, the ultimate amount of the restructuring charges may differ from our current estimates. The charges related to these restructuring initiatives will be recorded as the various initiatives take effect. The restructuring initiatives are expected to continue to increase our operating efficiency and effectiveness in 2004 and beyond while enhancing growth, primarily as a result of reduced personnel related expenses. We realized approximately $25 million of pre-tax benefits from these restructuring initiatives in 2003 and currently estimate incremental pre-tax benefits from these initiatives in the range of $40 million to $50 million in 2004. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for our accounting policy related to restructuring charges.

In connection with this plan, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $116.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The pre-tax restructuring charges are composed of:
(Dollars in millions)	 	Restructuring
charges	 	Non-cash charges	 	Cash payments	 	Balance at
December 31, 2003	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	 	$	81.0	 	 	 	$	-	 	 	 	$	(53.5	)	 	 	$	27.5	 	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	 	26.6	 	 	 	 	(26.6	)	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	-	 	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	 	9.1	 	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	(4.4	)	 	 	 	4.7	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
 	 	 	$	116.7	 	 	 	$	(26.6	)	 	 	$	(57.9	)	 	 	$	32.2	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
20

All restructuring charges, except for the asset impairments, will result in cash outflows. The severance and benefit costs relate to a reduction in workforce of approximately 1,438 employees worldwide at December 31, 2003 and expected future workforce reductions of approximately 1,000 employees. The workforce reductions relate to actions across several of our businesses resulting from infrastructure and process improvements and our continuing efforts to streamline operations, and include managerial, professional, clerical and technical roles. Approximately 65% of the workforce reductions are in the U.S. The majority of the international workforce reductions are in Europe and Canada. Asset impairments relate primarily to the write-down of property, plant and equipment, resulting from the closure or streamlining of certain facilities. During 2003, we recorded an asset impairment of $23.8 million as a result of our decision to exit our Main Plant facility in Connecticut in connection with our product sourcing and real estate optimization strategy. The fair values of the impaired long-lived assets were determined primarily using probability weighted expected cash flows in accordance with FAS No. 144. Other exit costs relate primarily to lease termination costs, non-cancelable lease payments, consolidation of excess facilities and other costs associated with exiting business activities.

2001 Restructuring Plan

In 2001, we adopted a formal restructuring plan to implement a common, streamlined business infrastructure across the corporation as a result of our decisions to spin off our office systems business and align our mailing business on a global basis, as well as cost saving opportunities resulting from strategic acquisitions and partnerships, and additional benefits attained from the consolidation of our IT organization and ERP initiatives. In connection with this plan, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $149.3 million in 2001, of which $116.1 million was related to continuing operations and the remaining $33.2 million was related to discontinued operations. The restructuring charges related to continuing operations have been segregated in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2001. The restructuring charges related to discontinued operations have been reported in discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2001. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

The restructuring charges related to continuing operations were composed of:
(Dollars in millions)	 	Year ended
December 31, 2001	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	 	$	74.3	 	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	 	28.0	 	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	 	13.8	 	 	

	

	 	 	
 	 	 	$	116.1	 	 	

	

	 	 	
All restructuring charges, except for the asset impairments, resulted in cash outflows. The severance and benefit costs related to a reduction in workforce of approximately 1,500 employees worldwide which was initiated in 2001 and was substantially completed at December 31, 2002. The workforce reductions related to actions across several of our businesses resulting from infrastructure and process improvements and our continuing efforts to streamline operations, and included managerial, professional, clerical and technical roles. Approximately 80% of our workforce reductions were in the U.S. The majority of the international workforce reductions were in Europe. None of the reductions impacted our sales coverage. At December 31, 2002, 1,529 employees were separated under these initiatives and approximately $73.6 million of severance and benefit costs were paid. Asset impairments related primarily to the disposal or abandonment of certain hardware and software applications, resulting from the alignment of our mailing business on a global basis and ERP initiatives. Other exit costs related primarily to lease termination costs, non-cancelable lease payments, and other costs associated with business activities that have been exited and the consolidation of excess facilities.

The restructuring charges related to discontinued operations were composed of:
(Dollars in millions)	 	Year ended
December 31, 2001	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	 	$	1.9	 	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	 	17.5	 	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	 	13.8	 	 	

	

	 	 	
 	 	 	$	33.2	 	 	

	

	 	 	
The severance and benefit costs related to a reduction in workforce of approximately 25 employees. The asset impairments related primarily to an impairment of residual values, in connection with leases of copier equipment, and the write-down of certain facsimile and copier equipment, resulting from the spin off of our office systems business. Other exit costs related primarily to incremental costs associated with cancellation and separation of facility occupancy leases that were shared between the company and Imagistics International Inc. (IGI).

This restructuring plan was substantially completed at December 31, 2002.

21

Meter Transition

In 2001, we adopted a formal plan to transition to the next generation of networked mailing technology. The information capture and exchange, made possible by advanced technology, turns the postage meter into an “intelligent” terminal that networks the mailer to postal and carrier information and systems. This two-way information architecture, in turn, enables convenient access to and delivery of value-added services such as tracking, delivery confirmation and rate information. The adoption of this plan was facilitated by our expanded access to technology and our ability to move to networked products combined with our expectations that the U.S. and postal services around the world will continue to encourage the migration of mailing systems to networked digital technologies. As a result of this plan, certain electronic meter rental assets and related equipment will not be placed back in service. In addition, certain leased equipment will either not be remarketed or will result in lower realization at the end of the lease as a result of the introduction of new technology. In connection with this plan, we recorded non-cash pre-tax charges of $268.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, related to assets associated with our non-networked mailing technology. In November 2001, postal regulations were issued, consistent with our meter transition plan, defining the meter migration process and timing. See Legal and Regulatory Matters.

The charges related to the meter transition plan were composed of:
(Dollars in millions)	 	Year ended
December 31, 2001	 	

	 	
Impairment of lease residual values	 	 	$	128.4	 	 	
Impairment of meter rental assets	 	 	 	71.3	 	 	
Inventory write-downs	 	 	 	27.6	 	 	
Additional depreciation costs on meter rental assets	 	 	 	41.0	 	 	

	

	 	 	
 	 	 	$	268.3	 	 	

	

	 	 	
Other Income

Charitable contributions

In 2003, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $10 million ($6 million net of taxes) related to contributions to two charitable foundations.

Legal settlements, net

In 2001, the company and Hewlett-Packard announced that they had reached an agreement resolving a lawsuit filed by us in 1995. The lawsuit arose out of a dispute over print technology patents. Under the terms of the agreement, the companies resolved all pending patent litigation without admission of infringement and we received $400 million in cash and ten year supply and technology agreements. We recorded the cash payment, net of legal fees and related expenses of $37.8 million, as other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2001.

In 2001, we recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $24 million associated with the settlement of a lawsuit related to lease upgrade pricing in the early to mid-1990s. The $24 million charge relates to the following settlement costs: award certificates to be provided to members of the class for purchase of office products through the Pitney Bowes supply line and the cost of legal fees and related expenses of $8.3 million. In 2003, we recorded income of $10 million ($6 million net of taxes) related to the expiration of product award certificates provided in connection with this settlement.

Acquisitions

In October 2003, we acquired DDD for a net purchase price of $49.5 million, which consisted of approximately $24.8 million of cash and the issuance of common stock valued at $24.7 million. DDD offers a broad array of services including, fulfillment services, secure mail processing, manager services, logistics support, and record and information management. This acquisition reflected PBMS’ strategy to accelerate diversification into the government sector as well as expand cross-selling opportunities.

In August 2002, we acquired PSI for approximately $127 million in cash and $39 million in assumed debt. PSI, the nation’s largest mail presort company, prepares, sorts and aggregates mail to earn postal discounts and expedite delivery for its customers.

In October 2001, we acquired Secap, for approximately Euros 220 million ($206 million) in cash. Secap offers a range of mail processing and paper handling equipment, supplies and technology for low- to mid-volume mailers. At that time, Secap held more than 30% of the postage meter market share in France.

In June 2001, we acquired DSI. The final purchase price, following post closing adjustments, was $285.5 million in cash. DSI provides on- and off-site document management services, including the management of central reprographic departments, the placement and maintenance of photocopiers, print-on-demand operations and document archiving and retrieval services.

22

In June 2001, we acquired the MMT business in Europe, Africa, the Middle East and Asia. The final purchase price, following post closing adjustments, was $44 million in cash. MMT markets and services high-end mail processing, sorting and service-related products through a network of distributors and direct operations.

We accounted for the acquisitions of DDD, PSI, Secap, DSI and MMT under the purchase method and accordingly, the operating results of these acquisitions have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. The acquisitions of DDD, PSI, Secap, DSI and MMT did not materially impact income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

During 2003, 2002 and 2001, we also completed several smaller acquisitions. During 2003, we acquired one of our address printing suppliers. We acquired the remaining 43% ownership interest of MailCode Inc. in 2002 and completed the acquisition of Alysis Technologies Inc. in 2001, a leading provider of digital document delivery solutions. Our smaller acquisitions also include some of our international dealerships and presort businesses. The cost of these acquisitions in the aggregate was less than $70 million in each year. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on our financial results either individually or on an aggregate basis.

See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

Discontinued Operations

On December 3, 2001, we completed the spin-off of our office systems business to stockholders as an independent, publicly-traded company under the name of Imagistics International Inc. (IGI). On that date, we paid a special stock dividend of IGI common stock to our common shareholders. Through this special dividend, we distributed 100% of the shares of IGI stock to common shareholders of the company. The historical carrying amount of the IGI net assets distributed to our shareholders on the spin-off date has been recorded as a stock dividend of $311.7 million. We segregated the operating results of IGI and reported them as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In connection with the spin-off, we recorded a loss of approximately $26.0 million (net of taxes of $12.2 million) for the year ended December 31, 2001.

On January 14, 2000, we sold Atlantic Mortgage & Investment Corporation (AMIC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company, to ABN AMRO North America. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a gain of $2.3 million (net of taxes of $1.6 million) and $12.5 million (net of taxes of $7.4 million) for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These gains resulted from the favorable resolution of certain contingent liabilities recorded at the time of sale.

On October 30, 1998, Colonial Pacific Leasing Corporation (CPLC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company, transferred the operations, employees and substantially all assets related to its broker-oriented external financing business to General Electric Capital Corporation, a subsidiary of the General Electric Company. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a gain of $.9 million (net of taxes of $.6 million) and $25.5 million (net of taxes of $15.0 million) for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These gains resulted from the favorable resolution of certain contingent liabilities recorded at the time of sale.

See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities increased to .95 to 1 at December 31, 2003 compared with .76 to 1 at December 31, 2002. The increase in this ratio was due primarily to the $.9 billion decrease in notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations as a result of the decrease in overall debt combined with the issuances of long-term debt during the year ended December 31, 2003. See Financings and Capitalization for further details.

To manage interest rate risk, we use a balanced mix of debt maturities, variable and fixed rate debt and interest rate swap agreements. During 2003, we took advantage of lower interest rates in refinancing the debt in our portfolio that matured during the year. This will better position us against a rise in interest rates in the future. In 2002, we received $95 million in cash associated with the termination of four swap agreements. As a result of these transactions, our fixed to floating percentages increased to 70% and 30%, respectively at December 31, 2003 compared to 68% and 32%, respectively at December 31, 2002.

23

The following table summarizes our cash flows in 2003, 2002 and 2001:
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Cash provided by (used in):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	 	$	851	 	$	503	 	$	1,036	 	
Investing activities	 	 	(34	)	 	(301	)	 	(840	)	
Financing activities	 	 	(850	)	 	(123	)	 	(163	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	 	12	 	 	5	 	 	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	 	$	(21	)	$	84	 	$	33	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
During 2003, net cash provided by operating activities consisted primarily of net income adjusted for non cash items and the increase in deferred taxes on income, partially offset by a pension plan contribution, changes in working capital and increases in internal finance receivables. Net cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures, acquisitions and other investing activities, partially offset by cash generated from asset sales at Capital Services and reserve account deposits. Net cash used in financing activities consisted primarily of dividends paid to stockholders, stock repurchases and a decrease in total debt.

In 2003, we made a year-end contribution of approximately $50 million to our U.S. pension plan. In 2002, we made year-end contributions of approximately $305 million and $34 million to our U.S. and U.K. pension plans, respectively. We expect these additional investments to significantly offset the impact of changes to actuarial assumptions and loss experience. In 2003, we lowered the discount rate to 6.0%. In 2002, we reduced our long-term rate of return on assets assumption to 8.5%, lowered the discount rate to 6.75%, and adopted a new mortality table. We expect that 2004 incremental pension costs attributable to these assumption changes, net of the impact of the pension plan contributions, will be approximately 3 cents per diluted share.

The ratio of total debt to total debt and stockholders’ equity was 76.7% at December 31, 2003, versus 82.3% at December 31, 2002. Including the preferred stockholders’ equity in a subsidiary company as debt, the ratio of total debt to total debt and stockholders’ equity was 78.1% at December 31, 2003 compared to 83.4% at December 31, 2002. The decrease in this ratio was driven primarily by a net reduction of total debt, favorable foreign currency translation adjustments and income offset by the $200 million repurchase of 5.4 million shares of common stock.

Financings and Capitalization

At December 31, 2003, $456 million remained available under the shelf registration statement filed in October 2001 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), permitting issuances of up to $2 billion in debt securities, preferred stock and depositary shares. In April 2003, as part of this shelf registration statement, we established a medium-term note program for the issuance of up to $1.38 billion in aggregate principal, representing the remaining amount available on the shelf at that time.

At December 31, 2003, we had unused lines of credit and revolving credit facilities of $1.5 billion in the U.S. and $9.6 million outside the U.S., primarily to support commercial paper issuance.

In June 2003, we issued $375 million of unsecured fixed rate notes maturing in June 2013. These notes bear interest at an annual rate of 3.875% and pay interest semi-annually beginning December 2003. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and the repurchase of company stock.

In June 2003, we issued $200 million of unsecured floating rate notes maturing in June 2005. These notes bear interest at a floating rate of LIBOR minus 3 basis points, set two business days preceding the quarterly interest payment dates. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and the repurchase of company stock.

In April 2003, we issued $350 million of unsecured fixed rate notes maturing in May 2018. These notes bear interest at an annual rate of 4.75% and pay interest semi-annually beginning November 2003. In connection with this issuance, we entered into a $350 million swap maturing in May 2018, converting this obligation to a floating rate note. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and the repurchase of company stock.

In February 2003, we sold 6.45% Preferred Stock in a subsidiary of Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation (PBCC) to an outside institutional investor for approximately A$191 million ($110 million). As part of this transaction, we agreed to repurchase the stock in 10 years. Additionally, we entered into a cross currency interest rate swap with the same institutional investor, effectively converting the obligation to a $110 million note that bears interest at a floating rate of approximately LIBOR minus 50 basis points. This note was recorded as long-term debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The proceeds from this transaction were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and the repurchase of company stock.

24

In September 2002, we issued $400 million of unsecured fixed rate notes maturing in October 2012. These notes bear interest at an annual rate of 4.625% and pay interest semi-annually beginning April 2003. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper in anticipation of 2003 debt maturities.

In February 2002, we completed an offering of Euros 250 million of senior unsecured notes. These notes bore interest at a floating rate of EURIBOR plus 20 basis points, set two business days preceding the quarterly interest payment dates and matured in August 2003. The notes were listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and were designated as a hedge of Euro denominated net investments held by the company. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper, the financing of acquisitions and the repurchase of company stock.

In August 2001, we issued $350 million of unsecured fixed rate notes maturing in August 2008. These notes bear interest at an annual rate of 5.75% and pay interest semi-annually beginning February 15, 2002. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper.

In July 2001, we issued four nonrecourse promissory notes totaling $111.5 million in connection with four lease transactions. The promissory notes were all due in monthly installments over 194 months at an interest rate of 7.24%. In September 2001, we sold our interest in two of the lease transactions and transferred the obligation on two of the nonrecourse promissory notes totaling $55.3 million in principal balance. In December 2002, we sold our interest in one of the leasing transactions and transferred the obligation on one nonrecourse promissory note outstanding at December 31, 2001 with a total principal balance of $25.6 million. In September 2003, we sold our remaining interest in the lease transaction and transferred the obligation on the remaining nonrecourse promissory note with a total principal balance of approximately $26 million. The transfer of this obligation was reflected as a reduction of long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In April 2001, we issued the remaining $300 million of notes available under a prior shelf registration, permitting issuances of up to $500 million in debt securities (including medium-term notes) with a minimum maturity of nine months. These unsecured notes bear annual interest at 5.875% and mature in May 2006. The proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper, the financing of acquisitions and the repurchase of company stock.

We believe our financing needs for the next 12 months can be met with cash generated internally, money from existing credit agreements, debt issued under new and existing shelf registration statements and our existing commercial paper programs. Information on debt maturities is presented in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

The following summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2003, and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:
 	 	Payments due by period	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	Total	 	Less than
1 year	 	1-3 years	 	3-5 years	 	More than
5 years	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Commercial paper borrowings	 	$	282	 	$	282	 	$	-	 	$	-	 	$	-	 	
Long-term debt and current portion of
   long-term debt	 	 	3,286	 	 	445	 	 	908	 	 	558	 	 	1,375	 	
Non-cancelable capital lease obligations	 	 	7	 	 	2	 	 	4	 	 	1	 	 	-	 	
Non-cancelable operating lease
   obligations	 	 	239	 	 	81	 	 	97	 	 	39	 	 	22	 	
Purchase obligations (1)	 	 	180	 	 	166	 	 	14	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	3,994	 	$	976	 	$	1,023	 	$	598	 	$	1,397	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(1)	Purchase obligations include unrecorded agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding upon us and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty.	 	
 	 	 	
(2)	Other noncurrent liabilities of $347 million included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 relate primarily to our non-pension postretirement benefits. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.	 	
 	 	 	
Capital Expenditures

During 2003, capital expenditures included net additions of $185 million to property, plant and equipment and $101 million of rental equipment and related inventories compared with $154 million and $71 million, respectively, in 2002. These additions included expenditures for plant and manufacturing equipment and infrastructure improvements as well as increased investments associated

25

with new accounts at PBMS. The additions of rental equipment primarily were postage meters. The increase in our capital expenditures over the prior year was driven by our continued investments in infrastructure improvements, digital equipment for PBMS sites and new digital postage meters.

We expect capital expenditures in 2004 to be approximately the same as 2003. These investments will also be affected by the timing of our customers’ transition to digital meters. At December 31, 2003, commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment as well as rental equipment for new and replacement programs reflected the items discussed above.

Critical Accounting Policies

We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and to the understanding of our results of operations. We have discussed the impact and any associated risks on our results of operations related to these policies throughout the MD&A. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, but are not limited to customer cancellations, bad debts, inventories, residual values of leased assets, useful lives of long-lived assets and intangible assets, warranty obligations, restructuring, pensions and other postretirement benefits, and contingencies and litigation. Our actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Revenue recognition

Multiple element arrangements

We derive our revenue from the following sources: sales, rentals, core financing, non-core financing, business services, and support services. Certain of our transactions are consummated at the same time and can therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. The usual form of these transactions involves the sale or lease of equipment, a cancelable meter rental and/or a cancelable equipment maintenance agreement. As a result, we are required to determine whether the deliverables in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and if so, how the price should be allocated among the delivered elements and when to recognize revenue for each element.

In these cases, revenue is recognized for each of the elements based on their respective fair values. Fair values of any meter rental or equipment maintenance agreement are determined by reference to the prices charged in standalone or renewal transactions. Fair value of the equipment is determined based upon negotiated selling prices. We recognize revenue for delivered elements only when the fair values of undelivered elements are known and uncertainties regarding customer acceptance are resolved. Our allocation of the fair values to the various elements does not change the total revenue recognized from a transaction, but impacts the timing of revenue recognition.

Internal financing arrangements

We provide lease financing of our products in the U.S. and outside the U.S. primarily through sales-type leases. When a sales-type lease is consummated, we record the gross finance receivable, unearned income and the estimated residual value of the leased equipment. Residual values are estimated based upon the average expected proceeds to be received at the end of the lease term. Management evaluates recorded residual values on an annual basis or as circumstances warrant. A reduction in estimated residual values could require an impairment charge as well as a reduction in future financing income.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and credit losses

Allowance for doubtful accounts

We estimate our accounts receivable risks and provide allowances for doubtful accounts accordingly. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis. Our evaluation includes historical loss experience, length of time receivables are past due, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to repay, and prevailing economic conditions. We make adjustments to our allowance if our evaluation of allowance requirements differs from our actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective because our estimates may be revised as more information becomes available. Based on historical experience, we have not had any material revisions to our recorded allowance for doubtful accounts.

26

Allowance for credit losses

We estimate our finance receivables risks and provide allowances for credit losses accordingly. We establish credit approval limits based on the credit quality of our customers and the type of equipment financed. We charge finance receivables through the allowance for credit losses after collection efforts are exhausted and we deem the account uncollectible. Our financial services businesses base credit decisions primarily on a customer’s financial strength. We believe that our concentration of credit risk for finance receivables in our internal financing division is limited because of our large number of customers, small account balances and customer geographic and industry diversification. In addition, in our Capital Services programs, we have considered collateral values.

Our general policy for finance receivables contractually past due for over 90 days is to discontinue revenue recognition. We resume revenue recognition when payments reduce the account to 60 days or less past due. In our Capital Services programs, we discontinue revenue recognition as soon as it is apparent that the obligor will not be making payments in accordance with lease terms, such as in the event of bankruptcy. Otherwise, we discontinue revenue recognition when accounts are over 90 days past due or as circumstances warrant.

We evaluate the adequacy of allowance for credit losses on a periodic basis. Our evaluation includes historical loss experience, the nature and volume of our portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. We make adjustments to our allowance for credit losses if the evaluation of reserve requirements differs from the actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective because our estimates may be revised as more information becomes available.

Accounting for income taxes

When we prepare our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We record this amount as a provision for our taxes in accordance with FAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This process requires us to make the following assessments:
 	•	we estimate our actual current tax liability in each jurisdiction.	
 	•	we estimate our temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as lease revenue and related depreciation, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which we include in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.	
 	•	we then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and if we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance.	
At any time, our provision for taxes could be impacted by changes in tax law and interpretations by governments or courts.

Long-lived assets

Useful lives of long-lived assets

We depreciate property, plant and equipment principally using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives: machinery and equipment principally three to 15 years and buildings up to 50 years. We depreciate rental equipment using the straight-line method over appropriate periods, which is principally three to ten years. We depreciate other depreciable assets using either the straight-line method or accelerated methods. We amortize properties leased under capital leases on a straight-line basis over the primary lease terms. We amortize capitalized costs related to internally developed software using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life, which is principally three to ten years. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives, which are principally five to 15 years. Our estimates of useful lives could be affected by changes in regulatory provisions, technology or business plans.

Impairment review

We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, on an annual basis or as circumstances warrant. Our goodwill impairment review requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, and determining the fair value of each reporting unit. Significant judgments required to estimate the fair value of reporting units include estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.

27

We believe that we have no unrecorded asset impairments at December 31, 2003 and 2002. However, future events and circumstances, some of which are described below, may result in an impairment charge:
 	•	changes in postal regulations governing the types of meters allowable for use. However, recent regulations were issued in November 2001, and therefore we do not expect new regulations for the foreseeable future.	
 	•	new technological developments that provide significantly enhanced benefits over current digital technology.	
 	•	significant negative economic or industry trends.	
 	•	changes in our business strategy that alter the expected usage of the related assets.	
 	•	significant increase or decrease in our cost of capital.	
 	•	future terrorist or other actions that significantly impact the volume of mail.	
 	•	future economic results that are below our expectations used in the current assessments.	
Retirement benefits

Our pension and postretirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on various actuarial assumptions. We make assumptions relating to discount rates, rate of compensation increase, expected return on plan assets, health care cost trends and other factors. We base our discount rate assumption on current yields on AA-rated corporate long-term bonds. The rate of compensation increase assumption reflects our actual experience and future outlook. Our expected return on plan assets is determined based on historical portfolio results and future expectations of rates of return. Our health care cost trend assumptions are based on historical cost data and an assessment of likely future trends. Our key assumptions are described in further detail in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and amortized over the estimated future working life of the plan participants and could therefore affect expense recognized and obligations recorded in future periods.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2001, FAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations” was issued, amending FAS No. 19, “Financial Accounting and Reporting by Oil and Gas Producing Companies,” and applies to all entities. FAS No. 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. FAS No. 143 is effective January 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2002, FAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” was issued. This statement nullifies the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” FAS No. 146 requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. We adopted the provisions of FAS No. 146, which are effective for one-time benefit arrangements and exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. We account for ongoing benefit arrangements under FAS No. 112 “Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits,” which requires that a liability be recognized when the costs are probable and reasonably estimable. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2002, FIN No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” was issued. FIN No. 45 clarifies the requirements of FAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” relating to a guarantor’s accounting for and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees. FIN No. 45 elaborates on the existing disclosure requirements for most guarantees, including loan guarantees such as standby letters of credit. It also clarifies that at the time a company issues a guarantee, the company must recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligations it assumes under the guarantee and must disclose that information in its interim and annual financial statements. The provisions related to recognizing a liability at inception of the guarantee for the fair value of the guarantor’s obligations does not apply to product warranties or to guarantees accounted for as derivatives. The recognition provisions of FIN No. 45 are effective January 1, 2003. The adoption of this interpretation did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2002, FAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure,” which amends FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” was issued. FAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and requires more prominent and more frequent disclosures in the financial statements of the effects of stock-based compensation. The provisions of FAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. We adopted the disclosure-only provisions of this statement.

In January 2003, FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” was issued. FIN No. 46 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. The consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 apply

28

immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to FIN No. 46. Under the new guidance, the consolidation requirements apply to pre-existing variable interest entities or potential variable interest entities commonly referred to as special purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003. Application by public companies for all other types of entities is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. We have an equity investment in PBG that currently qualifies as a variable interest entity under FIN No. 46 but does not meet the definition of a special purpose entity. PBG was formed with GATX in 1997 for the purpose of financing and managing certain leasing related assets. Based on the terms of the partnership agreement, we are the primary beneficiary and as a result we will consolidate our equity investment in PBG effective March 31, 2004. At December 31, 2003, PBG’s total assets and liabilities were $323 million and $202 million, respectively. The consolidation of PBG will not have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2003, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” EITF No. 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which it performs multiple revenue generating activities and how to determine whether such an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting for purposes of revenue recognition. EITF No. 00-21 is effective July 1, 2003. The transition provision allows either prospective application or a cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption. We believe we are in compliance with the provision of EITF No. 00-21. The adoption of these provisions did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2003, FAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” was issued. FAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities under FAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The provisions of FAS No. 149 are generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2003, FAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity,” was issued. FAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The provisions of FAS No. 150 are effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and are effective July 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2003, FAS No. 132 (Revised), “Employer’s Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” was issued. FAS No. 132 (Revised) retains the disclosure requirements of the original pronouncement and required additional disclosures relating to assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost. The provisions of FAS No. 132 (Revised) are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, except for certain disclosures which are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

Legal and Regulatory Matters

Legal

See Legal Proceedings in Item 3 of this Form 10-K for information regarding our legal proceedings.

In addition, during 2003 a previously pending patent action with Stamps.com was settled with certain cross-licensing agreements.

USPS meter transition

In 2000, the USPS issued a schedule for the phaseout of manually reset electronic meters in the U.S. as follows:
 	•	As of February 1, 2000, new placements of manually reset electronic meters were no longer permitted.	
 	 	 	
 	•	The current users of manually reset electronic meters could continue to use these meters for the term of their rental and lease agreements. Leases or rentals due to expire in 2000 could be extended to December 31, 2001.	
 	 	 	
In 2001, the USPS issued a rule as follows:
 	•	New placements of non-digital meters without the “timeout” feature that enables the meters to be automatically disabled, if not reset within a specified time period are no longer permitted after December 31, 2002. These meters must be off the market by December 31, 2006.	
 	 	 	
 	•	New placements of non-digital meters with a “timeout” feature are no longer permitted after June 30, 2004. These meters must be off the market by December 31, 2008.	
 	 	 	
29

We adopted a formal plan in the second quarter of 2001 to transition to the next generation of networked mailing technology. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

USPS Information Based Indicia Program (IBIP)

In May 1995, the USPS publicly announced its concept of its IBIP for future postage evidencing devices. As initially stated by the USPS, the purpose of the program was to develop a new standard for future digital postage evidencing devices which would significantly enhance postal revenue security and support expanded USPS value-added services to mailers. The program would consist of the development of four separate specifications: (i) the Indicium specification; (ii) a Postal Security Device specification; (iii) a Host specification; and (iv) a Vendor Infrastructure specification. During the period from May 1995 through December 31, 2001, we submitted extensive comments to a series of proposed IBIP specifications issued by the USPS, including comments on the IBI Performance Criteria.

Other regulatory matters

In December 2003, we received accepted closing agreements with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) showing income tax adjustments for the 1992 to 1994 tax years. The total additional tax for these years is approximately $5.0 million. Additional tax due for 1995 and future tax years in connection with these closing agreements will not materially affect our future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. In addition to the accepted income tax adjustments, one 1994 proposed adjustment remains in dispute, which could result in additional tax of approximately $4.3 million. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to this deficiency and that the ultimate outcome will not result in a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We believe that our accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open years. However, if the IRS prevails on this deficiency, additional tax may be due for 1995 and future tax years, which could materially affect our future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. At any time, our provision for taxes could be affected by changes in tax law and interpretations by governments or courts.

Effects of Inflation and Foreign Exchange

Inflation, although moderate in recent years, continues to affect worldwide economies and the way companies operate. It increases labor costs and operating expenses, and raises costs associated with replacement of fixed assets such as rental equipment. Despite these growing costs and the USPS meter migration initiatives, we have generally been able to maintain profit margins through productivity and efficiency improvements, continual review of both manufacturing capacity and operating expense levels, and, to an extent, price increases.

Although not affecting income, deferred translation gains of $143 million were recorded in 2003 resulting from the stronger British pound, Canadian dollar and Euro as compared to the U.S. dollar. Deferred translation gains of $38 million were recorded in 2002 resulting from the stronger British pound and Euro as compared to the U.S. dollar. Deferred translation losses of $9 million were recorded in 2001 resulting principally from the weaker Canadian dollar, British pound and Euro currencies as compared to the U.S. dollar.

The results of our international operations are subject to currency fluctuations. We enter into foreign exchange contracts primarily to minimize our risk of loss from such fluctuations. Exchange rates can impact settlement of our intercompany receivables and payables that result from transfers of finished goods inventories between our affiliates in different countries, and intercompany loans.

At December 31, 2003, we had approximately $446 million of foreign exchange contracts outstanding, all maturing in 2004, to buy or sell various currencies. Risks arise from the possible non-performance by counterparties in meeting the terms of their contracts and from movements in securities values, interest and/or exchange rates. However, we do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties as they are composed of a number of major international financial institutions. Maximum risk of loss on these contracts is limited to the amount of the difference between the spot rate at the date of the contract delivery and the contracted rate.

Dividend Policy

Our Board of Directors has a policy to pay a cash dividend on common stock each quarter. In setting dividend payments, our board considers the dividend rate in relation to our recent and projected earnings and our capital investment opportunities and requirements. We have paid a dividend each year since 1934.

30

Forward-Looking Statements

We want to caution readers that any forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in this Form 10-K, other reports or press releases or made by our management involve risks and uncertainties which may change based on various important factors. These forward-looking statements are those which talk about the company’s or management’s current expectations as to the future and include, but are not limited to, statements about the amounts, timing and results of possible restructuring charges and future earnings. Words such as “estimate,” “project,” “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” and similar expressions may identify such forward-looking statements. Some of the factors which could cause future financial performance to differ materially from the expectations as expressed in any forward-looking statement made by or on our behalf include:
 	•	changes in international or national political conditions, including any terrorist attacks	
 	•	negative developments in economic conditions, including adverse impacts on customer demand	
 	•	changes in postal regulations	
 	•	timely development and acceptance of new products	
 	•	success in gaining product approval in new markets where regulatory approval is required	
 	•	successful entry into new markets	
 	•	mailers’ utilization of alternative means of communication or competitors’ products	
 	•	the company’s success at managing customer credit risk, including risks associated with commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing transactions	
 	•	changes in interest rates	
 	•	foreign currency fluctuations	
 	•	cost, timing and execution of the restructuring plan	
 	•	timing and execution of the meter transition plan	
 	•	regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other conditions to consummation of any acquisitions and integration of recent acquisitions	
 	•	impact on mail volume resulting from current concerns over the use of the mail for transmitting harmful biological agents	
 	•	third-party suppliers’ ability to provide product components	
 	•	negative income tax adjustments for prior audit years and changes in tax laws or regulations	
 	•	terms and timing of actions to reduce exposures and disposal of assets in our Capital Services segment	
 	•	continuing developments in the U.S. and foreign airline industry	
 	•	changes in pension and retiree medical costs	
 	 	 	
31

ITEM 7A – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations due to our investing and funding activities and our operations in different foreign currencies.

Our objectives in managing our exposure to interest rate changes are to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower our overall borrowing costs. To achieve our objectives, we use a balanced mix of debt maturities and variable and fixed rate debt together with interest rate swaps.

Our objective in managing our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is to reduce the volatility in earnings and cash flows associated with the effect of foreign exchange rate changes on transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, we enter into various contracts, which change in value as foreign exchange rates change, to protect the value of external and intercompany transactions.

The principal currencies hedged are the British pound, Canadian dollar and Euro.

We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks. We do not enter into foreign currency or interest rate transactions for speculative purposes. The gains and losses on these contracts offset changes in the value of the related exposures.

We utilize a “Value-at-Risk” (VaR) model to determine the maximum potential loss in fair value from changes in market conditions. The VaR model utilizes a “variance/co-variance” approach and assumes normal market conditions, a 95% confidence level and a one-day holding period. The model includes all of our debt and all interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts. The model excludes anticipated transactions, firm commitments, and receivables and accounts payable denominated in foreign currencies, which certain of these instruments are intended to hedge.

The VaR model is a risk analysis tool and does not purport to represent actual losses in fair value that will be incurred by us, nor does it consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors.

During 2003 and 2002, our maximum potential one-day loss in fair value of our exposure to foreign exchange rates and interest rates, using the variance/co-variance technique described above,was not material.

32

ITEM 8 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	Years ended December 31	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Revenue from:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Sales	 	$	1,325,490	 	$	1,309,342	 	$	1,304,811	 	
 	Rentals	 	 	859,783	 	 	828,096	 	 	784,368	 	
 	Core financing	 	 	544,938	 	 	539,876	 	 	526,200	 	
 	Non-core financing	 	 	109,696	 	 	139,867	 	 	150,347	 	
 	Business services	 	 	1,119,146	 	 	1,010,912	 	 	820,934	 	
 	Support services	 	 	617,800	 	 	581,665	 	 	535,814	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total revenue	 	 	4,576,853	 	 	4,409,758	 	 	4,122,474	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Costs and expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Cost of sales	 	 	611,620	 	 	593,163	 	 	611,230	 	
 	Cost of rentals	 	 	171,119	 	 	174,303	 	 	150,585	 	
 	Cost of core financing	 	 	141,028	 	 	145,075	 	 	154,955	 	
 	Cost of non-core financing	 	 	39,017	 	 	46,500	 	 	45,330	 	
 	Cost of business services	 	 	921,027	 	 	814,187	 	 	660,215	 	
 	Cost of support services	 	 	323,279	 	 	297,275	 	 	264,652	 	
 	Cost of meter transition - impairment	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	227,300	 	
 	Cost of meter transition - additional depreciation	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	41,000	 	
 	Capital services charges	 	 	-	 	 	213,182	 	 	-	 	
 	Selling, general and administrative	 	 	1,219,873	 	 	1,186,205	 	 	1,105,500	 	
 	Research and development	 	 	147,262	 	 	141,269	 	 	133,105	 	
 	Restructuring charges	 	 	116,713	 	 	-	 	 	116,142	 	
 	Other income	 	 	(117	)	 	-	 	 	(338,097	)	
 	Interest expense	 	 	167,649	 	 	185,352	 	 	193,076	 	
 	Interest income	 	 	(2,708	)	 	(6,198	)	 	(8,903	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total costs and expenses	 	 	3,855,762	 	 	3,790,313	 	 	3,356,090	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations before
     income taxes	 	 	721,091	 	 	619,445	 	 	766,384	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	226,244	 	 	181,739	 	 	252,064	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	 	494,847	 	 	437,706	 	 	514,320	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued
     operations, net of income tax	 	 	3,270	 	 	38,044	 	 	(25,977	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	498,117	 	$	475,750	 	$	488,343	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Income from continuing operations	 	$	2.12	 	$	1.83	 	$	2.09	 	
 	Discontinued operations	 	 	.01	 	 	.16	 	 	(.11	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Net income	 	$	2.13	 	$	1.99	 	$	1.99	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Income from continuing operations	 	$	2.10	 	$	1.81	 	$	2.08	 	
 	Discontinued operations	 	 	.01	 	 	.16	 	 	(.10	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Net income	 	$	2.11	 	$	1.97	 	$	1.97	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note: The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals above due to rounding.

See notes, pages 37 through 75

33

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)
 	 	December 31	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	293,812	 	$	315,156	 	
 	Short-term investments, at cost which approximates market	 	 	28	 	 	3,491	 	
 	Accounts receivable, less allowances: 2003, $39,778; 2002, $35,139	 	 	459,106	 	 	404,366	 	
 	Finance receivables, less allowances: 2003, $62,269; 2002, $71,373	 	 	1,358,691	 	 	1,446,460	 	
 	Inventories	 	 	209,527	 	 	210,888	 	
 	Other current assets and prepayments	 	 	192,011	 	 	172,264	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total current assets	 	 	2,513,175	 	 	2,552,625	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	 	653,661	 	 	622,244	 	
Rental equipment and related inventories, net	 	 	414,341	 	 	422,717	 	
Property leased under capital leases, net	 	 	2,230	 	 	1,974	 	
Long-term finance receivables, less allowances: 2003, $78,915; 2002, $82,635	 	 	1,654,419	 	 	1,686,168	 	
Investment in leveraged leases	 	 	1,534,864	 	 	1,559,915	 	
Goodwill	 	 	956,284	 	 	827,241	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	 	203,606	 	 	168,066	 	
Other assets	 	 	958,808	 	 	891,364	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total assets	 	$	8,891,388	 	$	8,732,314	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	$	1,392,597	 	$	1,248,337	 	
 	Income taxes payable	 	 	154,799	 	 	98,897	 	
 	Notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations	 	 	728,658	 	 	1,647,338	 	
 	Advance billings	 	 	370,915	 	 	355,737	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total current liabilities	 	 	2,646,969	 	 	3,350,309	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred taxes on income	 	 	1,659,226	 	 	1,535,618	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	2,840,943	 	 	2,316,844	 	
Other noncurrent liabilities	 	 	346,888	 	 	366,216	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total liabilities	 	 	7,494,026	 	 	7,568,987	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stockholders’ equity in a subsidiary company	 	 	310,000	 	 	310,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Cumulative preferred stock, $50 par value, 4% convertible	 	 	19	 	 	24	 	
 	Cumulative preference stock, no par value, $2.12 convertible	 	 	1,315	 	 	1,432	 	
 	Common stock, $1 par value (480,000,000 shares authorized;
     323,337,912 shares issued)	 	 	323,338	 	 	323,338	 	
 	Capital in excess of par value	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	
 	Retained earnings	 	 	4,057,654	 	 	3,848,562	 	
 	Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	 	18,063	 	 	(121,615	)	
 	Treasury stock, at cost (shares: 2003, 91,049,689; 2002, 87,964,130)	 	 	(3,313,027	)	 	(3,198,414	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total stockholders’ equity	 	 	1,087,362	 	 	853,327	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	$	8,891,388	 	$	8,732,314	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes, pages 37 through 75

34

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
 	 	Years ended December 31	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Net income	 	$	498,117	 	$	475,750	 	$	488,343	 	
 	Nonrecurring charges, net	 	 	71,354	 	 	96,261	 	 	280,473	 	
 	Nonrecurring payments	 	 	(72,751	)	 	(65,660	)	 	(63,004	)	
 	Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Depreciation and amortization	 	 	288,808	 	 	264,250	 	 	317,449	 	
 	Increase in deferred taxes on income	 	 	140,507	 	 	323,434	 	 	196,341	 	
 	Pension plan investment	 	 	(50,000	)	 	(338,579	)	 	(30,000	)	
 	Change in assets and liabilities, net of
     effects of acquisitions:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Accounts receivable	 	 	(21,557	)	 	12,833	 	 	1,962	 	
 	Net investment in internal finance receivables	 	 	(60,197	)	 	(82,949	)	 	(40,748	)	
 	Inventories	 	 	19,021	 	 	(24,625	)	 	61,305	 	
 	Other current assets and prepayments	 	 	(2,223	)	 	(12,427	)	 	(6,893	)	
 	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	 	(4,870	)	 	(1,686	)	 	(124,204	)	
 	Income taxes payable	 	 	54,012	 	 	(145,375	)	 	(1,552	)	
 	Advance billings	 	 	(1,790	)	 	(3,481	)	 	(29,560	)	
 	Other, net	 	 	(7,170	)	 	4,813	 	 	(14,025	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	851,261	 	 	502,559	 	 	1,035,887	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Short-term investments	 	 	3,631	 	 	1,063	 	 	13,495	 	
 	Capital expenditures	 	 	(285,681	)	 	(224,834	)	 	(256,204	)	
 	Net investment in capital services	 	 	238,788	 	 	291,634	 	 	27,363	 	
 	Investment in leveraged leases	 	 	65,416	 	 	(230,478	)	 	(190,117	)	
 	Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	 	 	(22,464	)	 	(127,039	)	 	(578,947	)	
 	Reserve account deposits	 	 	50,389	 	 	42,622	 	 	158,896	 	
 	Other investing activities	 	 	(84,083	)	 	(53,877	)	 	(14,008	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(34,004	)	 	(300,909	)	 	(839,522	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(Decrease) increase in notes payable, net	 	 	(581,991	)	 	(15,140	)	 	63,969	 	
 	Proceeds from long-term obligations	 	 	1,026,738	 	 	707,289	 	 	762,641	 	
 	Principal payments on long-term obligations	 	 	(866,872	)	 	(267,360	)	 	(546,229	)	
 	Proceeds from issuance of stock	 	 	52,341	 	 	34,768	 	 	30,792	 	
 	Net proceeds from the spin-off of Imagistics
     International Inc.	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	111,088	 	
 	Stock repurchases	 	 	(200,000	)	 	(300,086	)	 	(299,952	)	
 	Dividends paid	 	 	(280,870	)	 	(282,225	)	 	(285,164	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Net cash used in financing activities	 	 	(850,654	)	 	(122,754	)	 	(162,855	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	 	12,053	 	 	4,672	 	 	(177	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	(21,344	)	 	83,568	 	 	33,333	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	 	 	315,156	 	 	231,588	 	 	198,255	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	 	$	293,812	 	$	315,156	 	$	231,588	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Interest paid	 	$	182,986	 	$	206,281	 	$	191,246	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income taxes paid, net	 	$	59,045	 	$	57,528	 	$	190,286	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes, pages 37 through 75

35

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	Preferred stock	 	Preference stock	 	Common stock	 	Capital in excess
of par value	 	Comprehensive
income	 	Retained earnings	 	Accumulated other
comprehensive income	 	Treasury stock
at cost	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Balance, January 1, 2001	 	$	29	 	$	1,737	 	$	323,338	 	$	10,298	 	 	 	 	$	3,766,995	 	$	(139,434	)	$	(2,677,988	)	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	488,343	 	 	488,343	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Translation adjustments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(8,950	)	 	 	 	 	(8,950	)	 	 	 	
 	Net unrealized loss on derivative
     instruments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(6,996	)	 	 	 	 	(6,996	)	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	472,397	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred ($2.00 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preference ($2.12 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(129	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Common ($1.16 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(285,034	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Spin-off of Imagistics
     International Inc.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(311,693	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(5,421	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	31,768	 	
Conversions to common stock	 	 	(5	)	 	(134	)	 	 	 	 	(2,341	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,481	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(299,952	)	
Tax credits relating to stock
     options	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,443	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2001	 	 	24	 	 	1,603	 	 	323,338	 	 	6,979	 	 	 	 	 	3,658,481	 	 	(155,380	)	 	(2,943,691	)	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	475,750	 	 	475,750	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Translation adjustments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	37,955	 	 	 	 	 	37,955	 	 	 	 	
 	Net unrealized gain on derivative
     instruments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	167	 	 	 	 	 	167	 	 	 	 	
 	Minimum pension liability	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(4,357	)	 	 	 	 	(4,357	)	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	509,515	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred ($2.00 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preference ($2.12 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(118	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Common ($1.18 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(282,106	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(4,843	)	 	 	 	 	(3,444	)	 	 	 	 	41,591	 	
Conversions to common stock	 	 	 	 	 	(171	)	 	 	 	 	(3,601	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,772	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(300,086	)	
Tax credits relating to stock
     options	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,465	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2002	 	 	24	 	 	1,432	 	 	323,338	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	3,848,562	 	 	(121,615	)	 	(3,198,414	)	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	498,117	 	 	498,117	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Translation adjustments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	143,158	 	 	 	 	 	143,158	 	 	 	 	
 	Net unrealized gain on derivative
     instruments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	384	 	 	 	 	 	384	 	 	 	 	
 	Minimum pension liability	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(3,864	)	 	 	 	 	(3,864	)	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	637,795	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred ($2.00 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preference ($2.12 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(107	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Common ($1.20 per share)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(280,762	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(9,448	)	 	 	 	 	82,796	 	
Conversions to common stock	 	 	(5	)	 	(117	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(2,469	)	 	 	 	 	2,591	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(200,000	)	
Tax credits relating to stock
     options	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,762	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2003	 	$	19	 	$	1,315	 	$	323,338	 	$	-	 	 	 	 	$	4,057,654	 	$	18,063	 	$	(3,313,027	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
See notes, pages 37 through 75

36

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data or as otherwise indicated)

1.   Summary of significant accounting policies

Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pitney Bowes Inc. and all of its subsidiaries (the company). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable
Cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of acquisition. The company places its temporary cash and short-term investments with financial institutions or investment managers and/or invests in highly rated short-term obligations. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers and relatively small account balances within the majority of the company’s customer base, and their dispersion across different businesses and geographic areas.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for most U.S. inventories, and on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for most non-U.S. inventories.

Fixed assets and depreciation
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated principally using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives: machinery and equipment principally three to 15 years and buildings up to 50 years. Major improvements which add to productive capacity or extend the life of an asset are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Rental equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life, principally three to ten years. Other depreciable assets are depreciated using either the straight-line method or accelerated methods. Properties leased under capital leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the primary lease terms.

Capitalized computer software costs
The company capitalizes certain costs of internally developed software. Capitalized costs include purchased materials and services, payroll and payroll related costs and interest costs. The cost of internally developed software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, principally three to ten years.

The company does not capitalize software development costs related to software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed due to the fact that the period between establishment and testing of a working model and the general availability of the software has historically been short and the related software development costs qualifying for capitalization in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) No. 86 “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed” have been insignificant.

Rental arrangements and advance billings
The company rents equipment to its customers, primarily postage meters, mailing equipment and shipping systems under short-term rental agreements, generally for periods of three months to three years. Charges for equipment rental and maintenance contracts are billed in advance; the related revenue is included in advance billings and recorded as revenue on a straight-line basis over the rental period. Ancillary rental and other finance income is recognized as earned.

Allowance for credit losses
The company estimates its finance receivables risks and provides allowances for credit losses accordingly. The company’s financial services businesses establish credit approval limits based on the credit quality of the customer and the type of equipment financed. The company charges finance receivables through the allowance for credit losses after collection efforts are exhausted and the company deems the account uncollectible. The company’s financial services businesses base credit decisions primarily on a customer’s financial strength and, particularly in its Capital Services programs, the company may also consider collateral values. The company believes that its concentration of credit risk for finance receivables in its internal financing division is limited because of its large number of customers, small account balances and customer geographic and industry diversification.

37

The company’s general policy for finance receivables contractually past due for over 90 days is to discontinue revenue recognition. The company resumes revenue recognition when payments reduce the account to 60 days or less past due. In its Capital Services programs, the company discontinues revenue recognition as soon as it is apparent that the obligor will not be making payments in accordance with lease terms, such as in the event of bankruptcy. Otherwise, the company discontinues revenue recognition when accounts are over 90 days past due.

The company evaluates the adequacy of allowance for credit losses on a periodic basis. The company’s evaluation includes historical loss experience, the nature and volume of its portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. The company makes adjustments to its allowance for credit losses if the evaluation of reserve requirements differs from the actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective and estimates may be revised as more information becomes available.

Allowance for doubtful accounts
The company estimates its accounts receivable risks and provides allowances for doubtful accounts accordingly. The company believes that its credit risk for accounts receivable is limited because of its large number of customers and the relatively small account balances for most of its customers. Also, the company’s customers are dispersed across different business and geographic areas. The company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a periodic basis. The evaluation includes historical loss experience, length of time receivables are past due, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to repay and prevailing economic conditions. The company makes adjustments to its allowance if the evaluation of allowance requirements differs from the actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective and estimates may be revised as more information becomes available.

Business combinations, goodwill and intangible assets
In July 2001, FAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” and FAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” were issued requiring business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and refining the criteria for recording intangible assets separate from goodwill. Recorded goodwill and intangibles have been evaluated against this new criterion and resulted in certain intangibles being included in goodwill, or alternatively, amounts initially recorded as goodwill being separately identified and recognized apart from goodwill. FAS No. 142 requires the use of a nonamortization approach to account for purchased goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles. Under a nonamortization approach, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles will not be amortized into results of operations, but instead will be reviewed for impairment and charged against results of operations only in the periods in which the recorded value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles is more than its fair value. The company has adopted the provisions of each statement, which apply to business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. The adoption of these accounting standards did not materially impact results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001. On January 1, 2002, the company adopted the provisions of each statement, which apply to goodwill and intangible assets acquired prior to June 30, 2001. The adoption of these standards reduced the annual amortization of goodwill commencing January 1, 2002 by approximately 2 cents per diluted share. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or as circumstances warrant.

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill acquired under business combinations completed prior to June 30, 2001 has been amortized through December 31, 2001, using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life, principally 40 years. Goodwill acquired under business combinations completed after June 30, 2001 has not been amortized. Intangible assets with finite lives acquired under business combinations are amortized using the straight-line method over its estimated useful lives, principally five to 15 years. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.

Impairment review
Long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. If such a change in circumstances occurs, the related estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are compared to the carrying amount. If the sum of the expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, the company records an impairment loss. The impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.

In August 2001, FAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” was issued, replacing FAS No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,” and portions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations.” FAS No. 144 provides a single accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of and changes the criteria that would have to be met to classify an asset as held-for-sale. FAS No. 144 retains the requirement of APB Opinion 30, to report discontinued operations separately from continuing operations and extends that reporting to separate components of an entity. The adoption of FAS No. 144 was effective January 1, 2002 for the company and did not materially impact the company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

38

Revenue

The company derives its revenue from the following sources:
 	•	sales;	
 	•	rentals;	
 	•	core financing;	
 	•	non-core financing;	
 	•	business services; and	
 	•	support services	
In accordance with GAAP, the company recognizes revenue from these sources as follows:

Sales revenue

Sales of equipment

The company sells equipment to its customers, as well as to distributors and dealers (re-sellers) throughout the world. The company recognizes revenue from these sales upon the transfer of title, which is at the point of shipment. The company does not offer any rights of return or stock balancing rights.

The company’s sales revenue from customized equipment and software-enabled mail creation equipment and shipping products is generally recognized when installed.

Sales of supplies

Revenue related to supplies is recognized at the point of title transfer, which is upon shipment.

Software licenses and integration services

The company recognizes revenue related to off-the-shelf perpetual software licenses upon transfer of title, which is upon shipment. For software licenses that are included in a lease contract, the company recognizes revenue upon shipment of the software unless the lease contract specifies that the license expires at the end of the lease or the price of the software is deemed not fixed and determinable based on historical evidence of similar software leases. In these instances, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease contract. The company recognizes revenue from software requiring integration services at the point of customer acceptance.

Rentals revenue

Product rentals

The company rents equipment to its customers, primarily postage meters, mailing equipment and shipping systems, under short-term rental agreements, generally for periods of three months to three years. The company invoices in advance the charges for equipment rental. The company defers the billed revenue and includes it initially in advance billings. Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the rental agreement.

Financing revenue

Core financing revenue in the company’s Consolidated Statements of Income includes revenue from internal financing arrangements and from core Capital Services. Non-core financing revenue in the company’s Consolidated Statements of Income relates to revenue from non-core Capital Services.

Internal financing arrangements

The company provides lease financing of its products in the U.S. and outside the U.S. primarily through sales-type leases. When a sales-type lease is consummated, the company records the gross finance receivable, unearned income and the estimated residual value of the leased equipment. Residual values are estimated based upon the average expected proceeds to be received at the end of the lease term. Management evaluates recorded residual values on an annual basis or as circumstances warrant. A reduction in estimated residual values could require an impairment charge as well as a reduction in future financing income.

39

Unearned income represents the excess of the gross finance receivable plus the estimated residual value over the sales price of the equipment. The company recognizes the equipment sale at the inception of the lease. The company recognizes unearned income as earned using the interest method over the term of the transaction.

Capital Services revenue

The company provides financing for non-Pitney Bowes equipment through direct financing leases and leveraged leases.

When a direct financing lease is consummated, the company records the gross finance receivable, unearned income and the estimated residual value of the leased equipment. Unearned income represents the excess of the gross receivable plus the estimated residual value over the cost of the equipment. The company accounts for initial direct costs incurred in consummating a transaction as part of the investment in the lease and appropriately amortizes these costs using the interest method over the term of the lease. The company recognizes unearned income as earned using the interest method over the term of the transaction.

From time to time, the company sells selected finance assets. The company follows FAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” when accounting for its sale of finance assets. The company recognizes all assets obtained or liabilities incurred in consideration as proceeds of the sale and recognizes any gain or loss on the sale in earnings.

The company’s investment in leveraged leases consists of rentals receivable net of principal and interest on the related nonrecourse debt, estimated residual value of the leased property and unearned income. At lease inception, unearned income represents the excess of rentals receivable, net of that portion of the rental applicable to principal and interest on the nonrecourse debt, plus the estimated residual value of the leased property over the company’s investment in the transaction. The company recognizes the unearned income as leveraged lease revenue over the lease term.

Business services revenue

Business services revenue includes revenue from management services and presort mail services.

Management services, which includes outsourcing of mailrooms, copy centers, or other document management functions, are typically one to five year contracts that contain a monthly service fee and in many cases a “click” charge based on the number of copies made, machines in use, etc. Revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement, based on monthly service charges, with the exception of the “click” charges, which are recognized as earned.

Presort mail services include the preparation, sortation and aggregation of mail to earn postal discounts and expedite delivery for customers. Revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement as earned.

Support services revenue

Equipment maintenance agreements

The company provides support services to its customers primarily through extended maintenance contracts. Revenue related to these agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, which typically is 1 to 5 years in length.

Multiple element arrangements
Certain of the company’s transactions are consummated at the same time. The usual form of these transactions involves the sale or lease of equipment, a cancelable meter rental and/or a cancelable equipment maintenance agreement. In these cases, revenue is recognized for each of the elements based on their respective fair values. Fair values of any meter rental or equipment maintenance agreement are determined by reference to the prices charged in standalone or renewal transactions. Fair value of equipment is determined based upon negotiated selling prices.

In March 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” EITF No. 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which it performs multiple revenue generating activities and how to determine whether such an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting for purposes of revenue recognition. EITF No. 00-21 was effective July 1, 2003. The transition provision allowed either prospective application or a cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption. The adoption of these provisions did not impact the company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

40

Costs and expenses
Operating expenses of field sales and service offices are included in selling, general and administrative expenses because no meaningful allocation of such expenses to cost of sales, rentals, core financing, non-core financing, business services or support services is practicable.

Restructuring charges
In 2002, FAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” was issued. This statement nullifies EITF No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” FAS No. 146 requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The company adopted the provisions of FAS No. 146, which are effective for one-time benefit arrangements and exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The company accounts for ongoing benefit arrangements under FAS No. 112, “Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits,” which requires that a liability be recognized when the costs are probable and reasonably estimable. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

Income taxes
The deferred tax provision is determined under the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates. The provision for income taxes is the sum of the amount of income tax paid or payable for the year as determined by applying the provisions of enacted tax laws to the taxable income for that year and the net change during the year in the company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Deferred taxes on income result principally from the excess of tax over book depreciation, recognition of lease income and gross profits on sales to finance subsidiaries and is reduced for expenses not currently recognized for tax purposes.

For tax purposes, income from leases is recognized under the operating method and represents the difference between gross rentals billed and depreciation expense.

It has not been necessary to provide for income taxes on $361 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside the U.S. These earnings will be either indefinitely reinvested or remitted substantially free of additional tax. Determination of the liability that would result in the event all of these earnings were remitted to the U.S. is not practicable. It is estimated, however, that withholding taxes on such remittances would approximate $12 million.

Nonpension postretirement benefits and postemployment benefits
It is the company’s practice to fund amounts for nonpension postretirement and postemployment benefits as benefits become due. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, whereas diluted earnings per share also gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares that were outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential common shares include preference stock, preferred stock and stock option and purchase plan shares.

Accounting for stock-based compensation
In December 2002, FAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure,” which amends FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” was issued. FAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and requires more prominent and more frequent disclosures in the financial statements of the effects of stock-based compensation. FAS No. 148 was effective January 1, 2003 for the company. The company adopted the disclosure-only provisions of this statement.

The company adopted FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” on January 1, 1996. Under FAS No. 123, companies can, but are not required to, elect to recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards using a fair value methodology. The company adopted the disclosure-only provisions, as permitted by FAS No. 123. The company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its stock-based plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for its U.S. and U.K. Stock Option Plans (ESP) or its U.S. and U.K. Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPP), except for the compensation expense recorded for its performance-based awards under the ESP and the Directors’ Stock Plan.

41

If the company had elected to recognize compensation expense based on the fair value method as prescribed by FAS No. 123, net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts:
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Net Income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	As reported	 	$	498,117	 	$	475,750	 	$	488,343	 	
 	Deduct: Stock-based employee
   compensation expense determined under
   fair value method for all awards, net of
   related tax effects	 	 	(21,305	)	 	(22,126	)	 	(25,537	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Pro forma	 	$	476,812	 	$	453,624	 	$	462,806	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	As reported	 	$	2.13	 	$	1.99	 	$	1.99	 	
 	Pro forma	 	$	2.04	 	$	1.90	 	$	1.88	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	As reported	 	$	2.11	 	$	1.97	 	$	1.97	 	
 	Pro forma	 	$	2.02	 	$	1.88	 	$	1.87	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The fair value of each stock option and employee stock purchase right grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Expected dividend yield	 	 	3.2	%	 	3.1	%	 	3.0	%	
Expected stock price volatility	 	 	28	%	 	29	%	 	29	%	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	3	%	 	3	%	 	4	%	
Expected life (years)	 	 	5	 	 	5	 	 	5	 	
See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

Translation of Non-U.S. currency amounts
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside the U.S. are translated at rates in effect at the end of the period and revenue and expenses are translated at average rates during the period. Net deferred translation gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Derivative instruments
The company adopted the provisions of FAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by FAS No. 138, in the first quarter of 2001. The adoption of FAS No. 133 resulted in an after tax reduction to accumulated other comprehensive income of $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, including a one-time cumulative effect of accounting change which reduced accumulated other comprehensive income by approximately $9.2 million in the first quarter of 2001. The adoption of FAS No. 133 also impacted assets and liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The adoption of FAS No. 133 did not materially impact results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001.

In April 2003, FAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” was issued. FAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities under FAS No. 133. The provisions of FAS No. 149 are generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not impact the company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In the normal course of business, the company enters into foreign exchange contracts for purposes other than trading primarily to minimize its risk of loss from exchange rate fluctuations on the settlement of intercompany receivables and payables arising in connection with transfers of finished goods inventories between affiliates and certain intercompany loans. Foreign exchange contracts are primarily designated as cash flow hedges and the resulting gains and losses on these contracts are included in other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2003, the company had approximately $446 million of foreign exchange contracts outstanding, all maturing in 2004, to buy or sell various currencies. Risks arise from the possible non-performance by counterparties in meeting the terms of their contracts and from movements in securities values, interest and/or exchange rates. However, the company does not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties as they are composed of a number of major international financial

42

institutions. Maximum risk of loss on these contracts is limited to the amount of the difference between the spot rate at the date of the contract delivery and the contracted rate.

In the normal course of business, the company uses a variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, to manage the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows. To qualify for hedge accounting, the company requires that the instruments be effective in reducing the risk exposure that they are designed to hedge. For instruments that are associated with the hedge of an anticipated transaction, hedge effectiveness criteria also require that it be probable that the underlying transaction will occur. Instruments that meet these hedging criteria are formally designated as hedges at the inception of the contract. Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges include primarily interest rate swaps related to variable-rate debt. Derivatives designated as fair value hedges include primarily interest rate swaps related to fixed-rate debt.

All derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of those instruments are reflected as gains or losses. The accounting for the gains or losses depends on the intended use of the derivative, the resulting designation and the effectiveness of the instrument in offsetting the risk exposure it is designed to hedge.

Accounting for variable interest entities
In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” FIN No. 46 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. The consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 apply immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to FIN No. 46. Under the new guidance, the consolidation requirements apply to pre-existing variable interest entities or potential variable interest entities commonly referred to as special purpose entities for periods ending after December 15, 2003. Application by public companies for all other types of entities is required in financial statements for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The company has an equity investment in PBG Capital Partners LLC (PBG) that currently qualifies as a variable interest entity under FIN No. 46 but does not meet the definition of a special purpose entity. PBG was formed with GATX Corporation (GATX) in 1997 for the purpose of financing and managing certain leasing related assets. Based on the terms of the partnership agreement, the company is the primary beneficiary and as a result will consolidate its equity investment in PBG effective March 31, 2004. At December 31, 2003, PBG’s total assets and liabilities were $323 million and $202 million, respectively. The consolidation of PBG will not have a material impact on the company’s results of operations or cash flows.

Reclassification
Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

2.   Inventories

Inventories are composed of the following:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Raw materials and work in process	 	$	86,822	 	$	80,075	 	
Supplies and service parts	 	 	55,159	 	 	54,849	 	
Finished products	 	 	67,546	 	 	75,964	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	209,527	 	$	210,888	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
If all inventories valued at LIFO had been stated at current costs, inventories would have been $22.5 million and $25.7 million higher than reported at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

43

3.   Fixed assets
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Land	 	$	36,291	 	$	36,711	 	
Buildings	 	 	344,062	 	 	322,929	 	
Machinery and equipment	 	 	1,237,126	 	 	1,066,882	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	1,617,479	 	 	1,426,522	 	
Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(963,818	)	 	(804,278	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	$	653,661	 	$	622,244	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rental equipment and related inventories	 	$	1,103,474	 	$	1,095,345	 	
Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(689,133	)	 	(672,628	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Rental equipment and related inventories, net	 	$	414,341	 	$	422,717	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property leased under capital leases	 	$	14,942	 	$	14,513	 	
Accumulated amortization	 	 	(12,712	)	 	(12,539	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Property leased under capital leases, net	 	$	2,230	 	$	1,974	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Depreciation expense was $261.1 million, $236.7 million and $290.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2001 included $69.9 million related to discontinued operations. In connection with the company’s meter transition plan, the company wrote-off fully depreciated rental equipment during 2003.

4.   Current liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities and notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations are composed of the following:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable-trade	 	$	354,303	 	$	304,652	 	
Reserve account deposits	 	 	393,162	 	 	342,773	 	
Accrued salaries, wages and commissions	 	 	183,363	 	 	162,575	 	
Accrued restructuring charges	 	 	32,282	 	 	5,741	 	
Accrued nonpension postretirement benefits	 	 	33,990	 	 	30,836	 	
Accrued postemployment benefits	 	 	4,300	 	 	4,050	 	
Miscellaneous accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	 	391,197	 	 	397,710	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	$	1,392,597	 	$	1,248,337	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Notes payable	 	$	281,778	 	$	859,658	 	
Current portion of long-term debt	 	 	444,978	 	 	785,356	 	
Current portion of capital lease obligations	 	 	1,902	 	 	2,324	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations	 	$	728,658	 	$	1,647,338	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
In countries outside the U.S., banks generally lend to non-finance subsidiaries of the company on an overdraft or term-loan basis. These overdraft arrangements and term-loans, for the most part, are extended on an uncommitted basis by banks and do not require compensating balances or commitment fees.

Notes payable were issued as commercial paper, loans against bank lines of credit, or to trust departments of banks and others at below prevailing prime rates. Fees paid to maintain lines of credit were $.6 million in 2003, $.5 million in 2002 and $.6 million in 2001.

At December 31, 2003, U.S. notes payable totaled $281.8 million. Unused credit facilities outside the U.S. totaled $9.6 million at December 31, 2003, of which $7.5 million were for finance operations. In the U.S., the company had unused credit facilities of $1.5 billion at December 31, 2003, primarily to support commercial paper issuances. The weighted average interest rates were 1.0% and 1.3% on notes payable and overdrafts outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

44

The company periodically enters into interest rate swap agreements as a means of managing interest rate risk on both its U.S. and non-U.S. debt. The interest differential to be paid or received is recognized over the life of the agreements as an adjustment to interest expense. The company is exposed to credit losses in the event of non-performance by swap counterparties to the extent of the difference between the fixed and variable rates; such risk is considered minimal.

The company uses a balanced mix of debt maturities, variable and fixed rate debt and interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate risk. The company’s variable and fixed rate debt mix, after adjusting for the effect of interest rate swap agreements, was 30% and 70%, respectively, at December 31, 2003. The company utilizes interest rate swap agreements when it considers the economic benefits to be favorable. At December 31, 2003, the company had outstanding interest rate swap agreements with notional principal amounts of $505.1 million and terms expiring at various dates from 2004 to 2018. The company exchanged $145.1 million notional principal amounts of variable commercial paper rates on an equal notional amount of notes payable and overdrafts for fixed rates ranging from 5.5% to 8.9%. In addition, the company exchanged $360.0 million notional principal amounts of fixed rate debt on an equal notional amount of variable rate debt. The variable rates for the swaps are based on three and six month LIBOR plus a spread, equal to the difference between the fixed rate of the debt and the fixed rate currently available for similar debt.

5.   Long-term debt
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
5.50% notes due 2004	 	$	-	 	$	200,000	 	
1.72% to 2.33% notes due 2004	 	 	-	 	 	150,000	 	
8.85% notes due 2004	 	 	-	 	 	100,000	 	
1.11% to 1.21% notes due 2005	 	 	200,000	 	 	-	 	
5.95% notes due 2005	 	 	300,000	 	 	300,000	 	
1.69% to 1.90% notes due 2006	 	 	110,000	 	 	-	 	
5.88% notes due 2006	 	 	300,000	 	 	300,000	 	
5.75% notes due 2008*	 	 	350,000	 	 	350,000	 	
8.63% notes due 2008*	 	 	100,000	 	 	100,000	 	
9.25% notes due 2008*	 	 	100,000	 	 	100,000	 	
8.55% notes due 2009*	 	 	150,000	 	 	150,000	 	
4.63% notes due 2012	 	 	400,000	 	 	400,000	 	
7.51% notes due 2004 thru 2012	 	 	33,978	 	 	36,599	 	
3.88% notes due 2013	 	 	375,000	 	 	-	 	
7.24% notes due 2017	 	 	-	 	 	25,652	 	
4.75% notes due 2018	 	 	350,000	 	 	-	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value hedges basis adjustment	 	 	69,232	 	 	90,074	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other	 	 	2,733	 	 	14,519	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total long-term debt	 	$	2,840,943	 	$	2,316,844	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

*	In 2002, the company received $95 million in cash from the termination of four swap agreements associated with these notes. This amount will be reflected as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining term of these notes. As a result of this transaction, the weighted average effective rate on these notes is 4.77%.	
On December 31, 2003, $456 million remained available under the shelf registration statement filed in October 2001 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), permitting issuances of up to $2 billion in debt securities, preferred stock and depositary shares. In April 2003, as part of this shelf registration statement, the company established a medium-term note program for the issuance of up to $1.38 billion in aggregate principal, representing the remaining amount available on the shelf at that time.

In June 2003, the company issued $375 million of unsecured fixed rate notes maturing in June 2013. These notes bear interest at an annual rate of 3.875% and pay interest semi-annually beginning December 2003. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and the repurchase of company stock.

In June 2003, the company issued $200 million of unsecured floating rate notes maturing in June 2005. These notes bear interest at a floating rate of LIBOR minus 3 basis points, set two business days preceding the quarterly interest payment dates. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and the repurchase of company stock.

45

In April 2003, the company issued $350 million of unsecured fixed rate notes maturing in May 2018. These notes bear interest at an annual rate of 4.75% and pay interest semi-annually beginning November 2003. In connection with this issuance, the company entered into a $350 million swap maturing in May 2018, converting this obligation to a floating rate note. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and the repurchase of company stock.

In February 2003, the company sold 6.45% Preferred Stock in a subsidiary of Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation to an outside institutional investor for approximately A$191 million ($110 million). As part of this transaction, the company agreed to repurchase the stock in 10 years. Additionally, the company entered into a cross currency interest rate swap with the same institutional investor, effectively converting the obligation to a $110 million note that bears interest at a floating rate of approximately LIBOR minus 50 basis points. This note was recorded as long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The proceeds from this transaction were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and the repurchase of company stock.

In September 2002, the company issued $400 million of unsecured fixed rate notes maturing in October 2012. These notes bear interest at an annual rate of 4.625% and pay interest semi-annually beginning April 2003. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper in anticipation of 2003 debt maturities.

In February 2002, the company completed an offering of Euros 250 million of senior unsecured notes. These notes bore interest at a floating rate of EURIBOR plus 20 basis points, set two business days preceding the quarterly interest payment dates and matured in August 2003. The notes were listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and were designated as a hedge of Euro denominated net investments held by the company. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper, the financing of acquisitions and the repurchase of company stock.

In July 2001, the company issued four nonrecourse promissory notes totaling $111.5 million in connection with four lease transactions. The promissory notes were all due in monthly installments over 194 months at an interest rate of 7.24%. In September 2001, the company sold its interest in two of the lease transactions and transferred the obligation on two of the nonrecourse promissory notes totaling $55.3 million in principal balance. In December 2002, the company sold its interest in one of the lease transactions and transferred the obligation on one nonrecourse promissory note with a total principal balance of $25.6 million. In September 2003, the company sold its remaining interest and transferred the obligation on the remaining nonrecourse promissory note with a total principal balance of approximately $26 million. The transfer of this obligation was reflected as a reduction of long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The annual maturities of the outstanding debt during each of the next five years are as follows: 2004, $.4 billion; 2005, $.5 billion; 2006, $.4 billion; 2007, $4.0 million; and $1.9 billion thereafter.

Under terms of their loan agreements, certain of the finance operations are required to maintain earnings before taxes and interest charges at prescribed levels. With respect to such loan agreements, the company will endeavor to have these finance operations maintain compliance with such terms and, under certain loan agreements, is obligated, if necessary, to pay to these finance operations amounts sufficient to maintain a prescribed ratio of earnings available for fixed charges. The company has not been required to make any such payments to maintain earnings available for fixed charges coverage. The company is in compliance with the terms under its loan agreements.

The fair value hedges basis adjustment represents the revaluation of fixed rate debt that has been hedged in accordance with FAS No. 133. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

6.   Preferred stockholders’ equity in a subsidiary company

Preferred stockholders’ equity in a subsidiary company represents 3,000,000 shares of variable term voting preferred stock issued by Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of the company, which are owned by certain outside institutional investors. These preferred shares are entitled to 25% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock. All outstanding common stock of Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc., representing the remaining 75% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock, is owned directly or indirectly by Pitney Bowes Inc. The preferred stock, $.01 par value, is entitled to cumulative dividends at rates set at auction. The weighted average dividend rate in 2003 and 2002 was 1.3% and 1.8%, respectively. Preferred dividends are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The preferred stock is subject to mandatory redemption based on certain events, at a redemption price not less than $100 per share, plus the amount of any dividends accrued or in arrears. No dividends were in arrears at December 31, 2003 or 2002.

In 1998, the company sold 100 shares of 9.11% Cumulative Preferred Stock, mandatorily redeemable in 20 years, in a subsidiary company to an institutional investor for approximately $10 million.

46

In May 2003, FAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity,” was issued. FAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The provisions of FAS No. 150 are effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and are effective July 1, 2003 for the company. The company has evaluated the preferred securities previously issued by a subsidiary company and concluded that the $310 million of preferred securities are outside of the scope of FAS No. 150. As a result, the adoption of this statement did not impact the company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

7.   Capital stock and capital in excess of par value

At December 31, 2003, 480,000,000 shares of common stock, 600,000 shares of cumulative preferred stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preference stock were authorized, and 232,288,223 shares of common stock (net of 91,049,689 shares of treasury stock), 385 shares of 4% Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock (4% preferred stock) and 48,733 shares of $2.12 Convertible Preference Stock ($2.12 preference stock) were issued and outstanding. In the future, the Board of Directors can issue the balance of unreserved and unissued preferred stock (599,615 shares) and preference stock (4,951,267 shares). This will determine the dividend rate, terms of redemption, terms of conversion (if any) and other pertinent features. At December 31, 2003, unreserved and unissued common stock (exclusive of treasury stock) amounted to 108,671,375 shares.

The 4% preferred stock outstanding, entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of $2 per year, can be redeemed at the company’s option, in whole or in part at any time, at the price of $50 per share, plus dividends accrued to the redemption date. Each share of the 4% preferred stock can be converted into 24.24 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in certain events.

The $2.12 preference stock is entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of $2.12 per year and can be redeemed at the company’s option at the rate of $28 per share. Each share of the $2.12 preference stock can be converted into 16.53 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in certain events.

At December 31, 2003, a total of 814,888 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon conversion of the 4% preferred stock (9,332 shares) and $2.12 preference stock (805,556 shares). In addition, 6,947,048 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the company’s dividend reinvestment and other corporate plans.

Each share of common stock outstanding has attached one preference share purchase right. Each right entitles the holder to purchase 1/200th of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preference Stock for $97.50 and will expire in February 2004. Following a merger or certain other transactions, the rights will entitle the holder to purchase common stock of the company or the acquirers at a 50% discount.

8.   Stock plans

The company has the following stock plans which are described below: the U.S. and U.K. Stock Option Plans (ESP), the U.S. and U.K. Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPP), and the Directors’ Stock Plan.

Stock Option Plans
Under the company’s stock option plans, certain officers and employees of the U.S. and the company’s participating subsidiaries are granted options at prices equal to the market value of the company’s common shares at the date of grant. Options generally become exercisable in three equal installments during the first three years following their grant and expire after ten years. At December 31, 2003, there were 10,684,487 options available for future grants under these plans. The per share weighted average fair value of options granted was $7 in 2003 and $9 in 2002 and 2001.

47

The following table summarizes information about stock option transactions:
 	 	Shares	 	Per share
weighted average
exercise price	 	

	 	

	 	
Options outstanding at January 1, 2001	 	 	17,387,718	 	 	 	$	40	 	 	
 	Granted	 	 	1,875,132	 	 	 	$	38	 	 	
 	Exercised	 	 	(406,521	)	 	 	$	23	 	 	
 	Canceled	 	 	(699,421	)	 	 	$	41	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
Options outstanding at November 30, 2001	 	 	18,156,908	 	 	 	$	40	 	 	
 	Spin-off of Imagistics International Inc.	 	 	332,740	 	 	 	$	39	 	 	
 	Granted	 	 	72,612	 	 	 	$	40	 	 	
 	Exercised	 	 	(32,162	)	 	 	$	27	 	 	
 	Canceled	 	 	(112,145	)	 	 	$	39	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
Options outstanding at December 31, 2001	 	 	18,417,953	 	 	 	$	39	 	 	
 	Granted	 	 	1,747,924	 	 	 	$	40	 	 	
 	Exercised	 	 	(528,629	)	 	 	$	24	 	 	
 	Canceled	 	 	(717,849	)	 	 	$	42	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
Options outstanding at December 31, 2002	 	 	18,919,399	 	 	 	$	39	 	 	
 	Granted	 	 	3,512,850	 	 	 	$	32	 	 	
 	Exercised	 	 	(932,663	)	 	 	$	26	 	 	
 	Canceled	 	 	(877,976	)	 	 	$	42	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
Options outstanding at December 31, 2003	 	 	20,621,610	 	 	 	$	39	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
Options exercisable at December 31, 2001	 	 	8,255,635	 	 	 	$	43	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
Options exercisable at December 31, 2002	 	 	10,756,056	 	 	 	$	44	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
Options exercisable at December 31, 2003	 	 	13,187,133	 	 	 	$	42	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2003:
Options Outstanding	 	

	 	
Range of per share
exercise prices	 	 	Number	 	 	Weighted average
remaining contractual life	 	Per share weighted
average exercise price	 	

	 	 	

	 	 	

	 	

	 	
$15-$18	 	 	202,998	 	 	 	1.7 years	 	 	 	$	16	 	 	
$19-$28	 	 	5,865,340	 	 	 	6.3 years	 	 	 	$	27	 	 	
$29-$43	 	 	7,299,930	 	 	 	9.0 years	 	 	 	$	35	 	 	
$44-$66	 	 	7,253,342	 	 	 	6.1 years	 	 	 	$	52	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	20,621,610	 	 	 	7.1 years	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Options Exercisable	 	

	 	
Range of per share
exercise prices	 	 	Number	 	Per share weighted
average exercise price	 	

	 	 	

	 	

	 	
$15-$18	 	 	 	202,998	 	 	 	$	16	 	 	
$19-$28	 	 	 	3,717,451	 	 	 	$	27	 	 	
$29-$43	 	 	 	2,013,342	 	 	 	$	38	 	 	
$44-$66	 	 	 	7,253,342	 	 	 	$	52	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	13,187,133	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Beginning in 1997, certain employees eligible for performance-based compensation may defer up to 100% of their annual awards, subject to the terms and conditions of the Pitney Bowes Deferred Incentive Savings Plan. Participants may allocate deferred compensation among specified investment choices, including stock options under the U.S. stock option plan. Stock options acquired under this plan are generally exercisable three years following their grant and expire after a period not to exceed ten years. There were 387,923, 389,118 and 372,829 options outstanding under this plan at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, which are included in outstanding options under the company’s U.S. stock option plan. The per share weighted average fair value of options granted was $7 in 2003, $9 in 2002 and $8 in 2001.

The U.S. stock option plan permits the issuance of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are subject to one or more restrictions, which may include continued employment over a specified period or the attainment of specified financial performance goals. Where a restricted stock award is subject to both tenure and attainment of financial performance goals, the restrictions would be released, in

48

total or in part, only if the executive is still employed by the company at the end of the performance period and if the performance objectives are achieved. Where the sole restriction of a restricted stock award is continued employment over a specified period, such period may not be less than three years. The compensation expense for each award is recognized over the performance period. The company issued 157,300 shares of restricted stock with a fair market value of $5 million in 2003. Compensation expense recorded by the company was $1.1 million for 2003. There were no restricted stock awards in 2002 or 2001.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans
The U.S. ESPP enables substantially all employees to purchase shares of the company’s common stock at a discounted offering price. In 2003, the offering price was 85% of the average price of the company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the offering date. At no time will the exercise price be less than the lowest price permitted under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The U.K. ESPP also enables eligible employees of the company’s participating U.K. subsidiaries to purchase shares of the company’s stock at a discounted offering price. In 2003, the offering price was 90% of the average closing price of the company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the three business days preceding the offering date. The company may grant rights to purchase up to 8,162,993 common shares to its regular employees under these plans. The company granted rights to purchase 534,954 shares in 2003, 562,208 shares in 2002 and 542,309 shares in 2001. The per share fair value of rights granted was $6 in 2003, $7 in 2002 and $6 in 2001 for the U.S. ESPP and $10 in 2003 and 2002, and $11 in 2001 for the U.K. ESPP.

Directors’ Stock Plan
Under this plan, each non-employee director is granted 1,400 shares of restricted common stock annually as part of his or her compensation. Shares granted at no cost to the directors were 15,400 in 2003 and 2002, and 14,176 in 2001. Compensation expense, net of taxes, recorded by the company was $.3 million for 2003, $.4 million for 2002 and $.3 million for 2001. The shares carry full voting and dividend rights but, except as provided herein, may not be transferred or alienated until the later of (1) termination of service as a director, or, if earlier, the date of a change of control, or (2) the expiration of the six month period following the grant of such shares. If a director terminates service as a director prior to the expiration of the six month period following a grant of restricted stock, that award would be forfeited. In 1999, the Directors’ Stock Plan was amended to permit certain dispositions of restricted common stock to family members, trusts or partnerships, as well as donations to charity after the expiration of the six month holding period, provided the director retain restricted common stock with a minimum market value of $.35 million.

Beginning in 1997, non-employee directors may defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Pitney Bowes Deferred Incentive Savings Plan for directors. Participants may allocate deferred compensation among specified investment choices, including stock options under the Directors’ Stock Plan. Stock options acquired under this plan are generally exercisable three years following their grant and expire after a period not to exceed ten years. There were 59,964, 44,543 and 35,598 options outstanding under this plan at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The per share weighted average fair value of options granted was $8 in 2003 and 2002, and $9 in 2001.

49

9.   Earnings per share

A reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations for income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 is as follows:
 	 	2003	

	
 	 	Income	 	Shares	 	Per Share	

	 	

	 	

	
Income from continuing operations	 	$	494,847	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred stock dividends	 	 	(1	)	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preference stock dividends	 	 	(107	)	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
Basic earnings per share	 	 	494,739	 	 	233,826,741	 	$	2.12	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred stock	 	 	1	 	 	10,474	 	 	 	
 	Preference stock	 	 	107	 	 	839,743	 	 	 	
 	Stock options	 	 	 	 	 	1,421,076	 	 	 	
 	Other	 	 	 	 	 	66,990	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	494,847	 	 	236,165,024	 	$	2.10	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	

 	 	2002	

	
 	 	Income	 	Shares	 	Per Share	

	 	

	 	

	
Income from continuing operations	 	$	437,706	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred stock dividends	 	 	(1	)	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preference stock dividends	 	 	(118	)	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
Basic earnings per share	 	 	437,587	 	 	238,963,644	 	$	1.83	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred stock	 	 	1	 	 	11,829	 	 	 	
 	Preference stock	 	 	118	 	 	920,405	 	 	 	
 	Stock options	 	 	 	 	 	1,519,453	 	 	 	
 	Other	 	 	 	 	 	68,208	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	437,706	 	 	241,483,539	 	$	1.81	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	

 	 	2001	

	
 	 	Income	 	Shares	 	Per Share	

	 	

	 	

	
Income from continuing operations	 	$	514,320	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred stock dividends	 	 	(1	)	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preference stock dividends	 	 	(129	)	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
Basic earnings per share	 	 	514,190	 	 	245,706,283	 	$	2.09	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Preferred stock	 	 	1	 	 	12,761	 	 	 	
 	Preference stock	 	 	129	 	 	976,570	 	 	 	
 	Stock options	 	 	 	 	 	756,927	 	 	 	
 	Other	 	 	 	 	 	163,019	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	514,320	 	 	247,615,560	 	$	2.08	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
In accordance with FAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share,” 3.6 million, 3.2 million and 3.5 million common stock equivalent shares in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, issuable upon the exercise of stock options were excluded from the above computations because the exercise prices of such options were greater than the average market price of the common stock, and therefore the impact of these shares was antidilutive.

50

10.   Taxes on income

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and the provision for income taxes consist of the following:
 	 	Years ended December 31	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Income from continuing operations before
income taxes:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	U.S.	 	$	600,375	 	$	493,140	 	$	698,005	 	
 	Outside the U.S.	 	 	120,716	 	 	126,305	 	 	68,379	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	721,091	 	$	619,445	 	$	766,384	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Provision for income taxes:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	U.S. federal:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Current	 	$	(40,809	)	$	(154,857	)	$	147,538	 	
 	Deferred	 	 	207,505	 	 	288,180	 	 	67,227	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	166,696	 	 	133,323	 	 	214,765	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	U.S. state and local:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Current	 	 	(2,042	)	 	(23,793	)	 	19,739	 	
 	Deferred	 	 	27,667	 	 	38,399	 	 	5,448	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	25,625	 	 	14,606	 	 	25,187	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Outside the U.S.:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Current	 	 	(7,932	)	 	26,499	 	 	13,549	 	
 	Deferred	 	 	41,855	 	 	7,311	 	 	(1,437	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	33,923	 	 	33,810	 	 	12,112	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Total current	 	 	(50,783	)	 	(152,151	)	 	180,826	 	
 	Total deferred	 	 	277,027	 	 	333,890	 	 	71,238	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	226,244	 	$	181,739	 	$	252,064	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Including discontinued operations, the provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 	 	Years ended December 31	

	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	

	 	

	 	

	
U.S. federal	 	$	164,871	 	$	151,017	 	$	209,240	
U.S. state and local	 	 	25,270	 	 	19,256	 	 	23,895	
Outside the U.S.	 	 	33,923	 	 	33,810	 	 	6,760	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
Total	 	$	224,064	 	$	204,083	 	$	239,895	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations follows:
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. federal statutory rate	 	 	35.0	%	 	35.0	%	 	35.0	%	
State and local income taxes	 	 	2.3	 	 	1.5	 	 	2.2	 	
Foreign tax differential	 	 	(1.2	)	 	(1.7	)	 	(1.6	)	
Federal income tax credits	 	 	(0.9	)	 	(1.5	)	 	(0.3	)	
Tax exempt income	 	 	(0.6	)	 	(1.0	)	 	(1.0	)	
Partnership leasing transactions	 	 	(2.0	)	 	(1.7	)	 	(2.5	)	
Valuation allowance	 	 	-	 	 	(2.0	)	 	-	 	
Other	 	 	(1.2	)	 	0.7	 	 	1.1	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Effective income tax rate	 	 	31.4	%	 	29.3	%	 	32.9	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The effective tax rate for discontinued operations in 2003, 2002 and 2001 differs from the statutory rate due primarily to state and local income taxes.

51

Deferred tax liabilities and (assets)
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation	 	$	129,763	 	$	110,437	 	
Deferred profit (for tax purposes) on
  sales to finance subsidiaries	 	 	373,630	 	 	418,247	 	
Lease revenue and related depreciation	 	 	1,369,115	 	 	1,194,588	 	
Loss on the sale of preferred stock	 	 	117,058	 	 	117,058	 	
Pension	 	 	174,304	 	 	143,012	 	
Other	 	 	130,009	 	 	177,512	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	2,293,879	 	 	2,160,854	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Nonpension postretirement benefits	 	 	(79,858	)	 	(93,394	)	
Inventory and equipment capitalization	 	 	(16,520	)	 	(36,143	)	
Meter transition and restructuring charges	 	 	(19,440	)	 	(27,405	)	
Net operating loss carryforwards	 	 	(35,987	)	 	(35,916	)	
Other	 	 	(272,261	)	 	(202,430	)	
Valuation allowance	 	 	12,717	 	 	13,398	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Deferred tax assets	 	 	(411,349	)	 	(381,890	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred taxes	 	 	1,882,530	 	 	1,778,964	 	
Less: Current net deferred taxes (a)	 	 	223,304	 	 	243,346	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Deferred taxes on income (b)	 	$	1,659,226	 	$	1,535,618	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(a)	The table of deferred tax liabilities and (assets) above includes $223.3 million and $243.3 million for 2003 and 2002, respectively, of current net deferred taxes, which are included in income taxes payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.	
 	 	
(b)	The table of deferred tax liabilities and (assets) above includes $62.9 million and $178.8 million for 2003 and 2002, respectively, of other tax and interest liabilities, net of tax benefits and prepayment of taxes, related to various tax filing positions, which are included as a component of deferred tax liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.	
The deferred tax asset for net operating losses and related valuation allowance was relatively unchanged from 2002. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately $82.6 million and $84.8 million, respectively, of net operating loss carryforwards were available to the company. Most of these losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

11.   Retirement plans and nonpension postretirement benefits

The company has several defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans covering substantially all employees worldwide. Benefits are primarily based on employees' compensation and years of service. Company contributions are determined based on the funding requirements of U.S. federal and other governmental laws and regulations.

The company uses a measurement date of December 31 for all of its pension and other postretirement benefit plans.

The company contributed $21.4 million, $27.1 million and $19.8 million to its defined contribution plans in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

52

Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The change in benefit obligations and plan assets and the funded status for defined benefit pension plans is as follows:
 	 	Pension Benefits	 	

	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Change in benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	 	$	1,320,231	 	$	1,120,229	 	$	269,970	 	$	236,861	 	
Service cost	 	 	26,232	 	 	26,583	 	 	7,934	 	 	6,130	 	
Interest cost	 	 	89,205	 	 	83,664	 	 	17,180	 	 	14,876	 	
Amendments	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	684	 	 	1,728	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	1,515	 	 	1,214	 	
Actuarial loss (gain)	 	 	128,266	 	 	129,712	 	 	23,005	 	 	(877	)	
Plan merger	 	 	4,583	 	 	45,071	 	 	-	 	 	6,395	 	
Foreign currency changes	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	22,126	 	 	16,788	 	
Curtailment	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	729	 	 	(103	)	
Benefits paid	 	 	(96,107	)	 	(85,028	)	 	(14,636	)	 	(13,042	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Benefit obligation at end of year	 	$	1,472,410	 	$	1,320,231	 	$	328,507	 	$	269,970	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	 	$	1,211,353	 	$	1,048,041	 	$	233,985	 	$	206,893	 	
Actual return on plan assets	 	 	241,445	 	 	(103,255	)	 	41,377	 	 	(14,365	)	
Company contributions	 	 	53,186	 	 	307,574	 	 	7,245	 	 	40,027	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	1,515	 	 	1,214	 	
Foreign currency changes	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	19,610	 	 	13,258	 	
Plan merger	 	 	1,320	 	 	44,021	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	
Benefits paid	 	 	(96,107	)	 	(85,028	)	 	(14,636	)	 	(13,042	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	$	1,411,197	 	$	1,211,353	 	$	289,096	 	$	233,985	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Funded status	 	$	(61,213	)	$	(108,878	)	$	(39,411	)	$	(35,985	)	
Unrecognized actuarial loss	 	 	484,045	 	 	473,655	 	 	88,588	 	 	83,725	 	
Unrecognized prior service cost	 	 	(20,919	)	 	(26,224	)	 	2,944	 	 	2,935	 	
Unrecognized transition cost	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	(1,993	)	 	(2,096	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Prepaid benefit cost	 	$	401,913	 	$	338,553	 	$	50,128	 	$	48,579	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Information for pension plans, that are included above, with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2003	 	2002	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	
Projected benefit obligation	 	$	77,649	 	$	64,625	 	$	26,853	 	$	23,748	
Accumulated benefit obligation	 	$	61,222	 	$	49,755	 	$	24,729	 	$	20,881	
Fair value of plan assets	 	$	1,525	 	$	449	 	$	6,438	 	$	4,734	
The accumulated benefit obligation for all U.S. defined benefit plans at the end of 2003 and 2002 was $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for all foreign defined benefit plans at the end of 2003 and 2002 was $302 million and $240 million, respectively.

53

 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets consist of:	 	2003	 	2002	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Prepaid benefit cost	 	$	448,305	 	$	378,706	 	$	63,985	 	$	60,860	 	
Accrued benefit liability	 	 	(46,392	)	 	(40,153	)	 	(13,857	)	 	(12,281	)	
Additional minimum liability	 	 	(13,421	)	 	(6,575	)	 	(5,602	)	 	(3,884	)	
Intangible asset	 	 	3,666	 	 	2,353	 	 	1,737	 	 	913	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive income	 	 	9,755	 	 	4,222	 	 	3,865	 	 	2,971	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Prepaid benefit cost	 	$	401,913	 	$	338,553	 	$	50,128	 	$	48,579	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average assumptions used to determine
end of year benefit obligations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	 	 	6.00	%	 	6.75	%	 	2.25%-6.00	%	 	2.50%-6.50	%	
Rate of compensation increase	 	 	4.75	%	 	4.75	%	 	1.75%-4.00	%	 	2.00%-4.50	%	
At December 31, 2003, no shares of the company’s common stock were included in the plan assets of the company’s pension plan. At December 31, 2002, 30,000 shares of the company’s common stock with a fair value of $980 were included in the plan assets of the company’s pension plan.

The company anticipates making contributions of up to $5 million and up to $10 million, respectively, to its U.S. and foreign pension plans during 2004.

U.S. pension plans’ investment strategy and asset allocation

The company’s U.S. pension plans’ investment strategy supports the objectives of the fund, which are to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk, to achieve and maintain full funding of the accumulated benefit obligations and the actuarial liabilities, and to earn a nominal rate of return of at least 8.50%. The fund has established a strategic asset allocation policy to achieve these objectives. Investments are diversified across asset classes and within each class to minimize the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced. Derivatives, such as swaps, options, forwards and futures contracts are used for market exposure, to alter risk/return characteristics and to manage foreign currency exposure. Liabilities, investment objectives and investment managers are periodically reviewed.

The expected long-term rate of return on plans assets is based on historical and projected rates of return for current and planned asset classes in the plans’ investment portfolio after analyzing historical experience and future expectations of the returns and volatility of the various asset classes. The overall expected rate of return for the portfolio was determined, adjusted for historical and expected experience of active portfolio management results compared to the benchmark returns, based on the target asset allocations for each asset class.

The target allocation for 2004 and the asset allocation for the U.S. pension plan at the end of 2003 and 2002, by asset category, follows:
 	 	Target Allocation	 	Percentage of Plan Assets at Year End	 	

	 	

	 	
Asset Category	 	2004	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. equities	 	 	50	%	 	50	%	 	43	%	
Non-U.S. equities	 	 	20	%	 	19	%	 	14	%	
Fixed income investments	 	 	25	%	 	23	%	 	26	%	
Real estate	 	 	5	%	 	4	%	 	6	%	
Cash	 	 	-	 	 	4	%	 	11	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	 	100	%	 	100	%	 	100	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The fair value of plan assets was $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion, at the end of 2003 and 2002, respectively, and the expected long-term rate of return on these plan assets was 8.50% in 2003 and 9.55% in 2002.

54

Foreign pension plan’s investment strategy

The company’s foreign pension plan assets are managed by outside investment managers and monitored regularly by local trustees, in conjunction with the company’s corporate personnel. The investment strategies adopted by the company’s foreign plans vary by country and plan, with each strategy tailored to achieve the expected rate of return within an acceptable or appropriate level of risk, depending upon the liability profile of plan participants, local funding requirements, investment markets and restrictions. The components of the net periodic benefit cost for defined pension plans are as follows:
 	 	Pension Benefits	 	

	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Service cost	 	$	26,232	 	$	26,583	 	$	26,734	 	$	7,934	 	$	6,130	 	$	6,391	 	
Interest cost	 	 	89,205	 	 	83,664	 	 	79,379	 	 	17,180	 	 	14,876	 	 	13,530	 	
Expected return on plan assets	 	 	(125,518	)	 	(113,629	)	 	(105,311	)	 	(21,574	)	 	(19,146	)	 	(17,856	)	
Amortization of transition cost	 	 	-	 	 	4	 	 	76	 	 	(531	)	 	(443	)	 	(1,335	)	
Amortization of prior service cost	 	 	(2,758	)	 	(3,181	)	 	(3,583	)	 	538	 	 	612	 	 	840	 	
Recognized net actuarial loss	 	 	1,833	 	 	810	 	 	478	 	 	3,865	 	 	765	 	 	18	 	
Curtailment	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	(1,103	)	 	1,162	 	 	(103	)	 	336	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net periodic benefit cost	 	$	(11,006	)	$	(5,749	)	$	(3,330	)	$	8,574	 	$	2,691	 	$	1,924	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	Pension Benefits	 	

	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
Weighted average assumptions used to determine
net periodic costs during the years:	 	2003	 	2002	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Discount rate	 	 	6.75	%	 	7.25	%	 	2.50%-6.50	%	 	2.50%-6.50	%	
Expected return on plan assets	 	 	8.50	%	 	9.55	%	 	4.00%-8.25	%	 	4.00%-8.25	%	
Rate of compensation increase	 	 	4.75	%	 	4.75	%	 	2.00%-4.50	%	 	2.00%-4.00	%	
Nonpension postretirement benefits
The company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. The cost of these benefits is recognized over the period the employee provides credited services to the company. Substantially all of the company’s U.S. and Canadian employees become eligible for retiree health care benefits after reaching age 55 and with the completion of the required service period.

55

The change in benefit obligations and plan assets and the funded status for nonpension postretirement benefit plans is as follows:
 	 	Nonpension Postretirement
Benefits	 	

	 	
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
Change in benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligations at beginning of year	 	$	310,115	 	$	286,091	 	
Service cost	 	 	3,590	 	 	5,679	 	
Interest cost	 	 	19,670	 	 	18,930	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	2,999	 	 	2,633	 	
Actuarial loss	 	 	54,593	 	 	27,402	 	
Foreign currency changes	 	 	1,177	 	 	46	 	
Curtailment	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	
Benefits paid	 	 	(33,902	)	 	(30,666	)	
Plan amendments	 	 	(18,666	)	 	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Benefit obligations at end of year	 	$	339,576	 	$	310,115	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	 	$	-	 	$	-	 	
Company contribution	 	 	30,903	 	 	28,033	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	2,999	 	 	2,633	 	
Benefits paid	 	 	(33,902	)	 	(30,666	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	$	-	 	$	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Funded status	 	$	(339,576	)	$	(310,115	)	
Unrecognized actuarial loss	 	 	91,722	 	 	41,118	 	
Unrecognized prior service cost	 	 	(23,347	)	 	(13,262	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Accrued benefit cost	 	$	(271,201	)	$	(282,259	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The assumed weighted average discount rate used in determining the accumulated nonpension postretirement benefit obligations was 6.00% in 2003 and 6.75% in 2002.

In 2003, the company amended the retiree medical program to award retiree medical benefits based on each year of service after age 45.

The components of the net periodic benefit cost for nonpension postretirement benefit plans is as follows:
 	 	Nonpension Postretirement Benefits	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Service cost	 	$	3,590	 	$	5,679	 	$	5,450	 	
Interest cost	 	 	19,670	 	 	18,930	 	 	17,319	 	
Amortization of prior service cost	 	 	(8,581	)	 	(6,808	)	 	(7,060	)	
Recognized net actuarial loss	 	 	4,182	 	 	114	 	 	18	 	
Curtailment	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	(4,535	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net periodic benefit cost	 	$	18,861	 	$	17,915	 	$	11,192	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	Nonpension Postretirement Benefits	 	

	 	
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net
periodic costs during the years:	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Discount rate	 	 	6.75	%	 	7.25	%	
The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations was 10.00% for 2004 and 9.00% for 2003. This was assumed to gradually decline to 5.00% by the year 2008 and remain at that level thereafter.

56

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 	 	1- Percentage-
Point Increase	 	1- Percentage-
Point Decrease	

	 	

	
Effect on total of service and interest cost components	 	$	879	 	$	807	
Effect on postretirement benefit obligations	 	$	12,738	 	$	11,695	
The company expects to contribute up to $34 million, which represents its expected benefit payments, to its postretirement benefit plans during 2004.

The company has elected to defer accounting for the effect of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (Act). The FASB has not yet issued guidance on accounting for the effects of the Act.

The curtailment gains and losses reported in 2001 were related to the spin-off of IGI.

12.   Discontinued Operations

On January 14, 2000, the company sold Atlantic Mortgage & Investment Corporation (AMIC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company, to ABN AMRO North America. In connection with this transaction, the company recorded a gain of $2.3 million (net of taxes of $1.6 million) and $12.5 million (net of taxes of $7.4 million) for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These gains resulted from the favorable resolution of certain contingent liabilities recorded at the time of sale.

On October 30, 1998, Colonial Pacific Leasing Corporation (CPLC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company, transferred the operations, employees, and substantially all assets related to its broker-oriented external financing business to General Electric Capital Corporation, a subsidiary of the General Electric Company. In connection with this transaction, the company recorded a gain of $.9 million (net of taxes of $.6 million) and $25.5 million (net of taxes of $15.0 million) for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These gains resulted from the favorable resolution of certain contingent liabilities recorded at the time of sale.

On December 3, 2001, the company completed the spin off of its office systems business to stockholders as an independent, publicly-traded company operating under the name of IGI. On that date, the company paid a special stock dividend of IGI common stock to the company’s common shareholders. Through this special dividend, the company distributed 100% of the shares of IGI stock to common shareholders of the company. The historical carrying amount of the IGI net assets distributed to shareholders on the spin-off date has been recorded as a stock dividend of $311.7 million. Each eligible common stockholder of record of the company on November 19, 2001 received 0.08 shares of IGI stock for each share of Pitney Bowes stock. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has notified the company that the spin-off will be tax-free as provided for under the Internal Revenue Code. The company received a net amount of approximately $111 million in cash from IGI after repayment of certain amounts due and a dividend.

Operating results of IGI, prior to the spin-off, have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Revenue of IGI was $568.0 million and $641.3 million for the period ended December 3, 2001 and the year ended December 31, 2000, respectively. Net interest expense allocated to IGI discontinued operations was $10.3 million for the period ended December 3, 2001 and $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Interest has been allocated based on the net assets of IGI charged at the company’s weighted average borrowing rate. Income from IGI discontinued operations was $9.1 million (net of taxes of $6.2 million) for the period ended December 3, 2001, offset by costs, expenses and restructuring charges directly associated with the spin-off. The total amounts of costs, expenses and restructuring charges directly related to the spin-off exceeded the income from discontinued operations of IGI between the measurement date (December 11, 2000) and the spin-off date by $26.0 million (net of taxes of $12.2 million), primarily as a result of continued weakness in the copier business and the company’s restructuring initiatives. This amount has been reflected as a loss on disposal of discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the period ended December 31, 2001. Income from discontinued operations of IGI, net of taxes, was $64.1 million for the period ended December 11, 2000.

13.   Restructuring Charges

2003 Restructuring Plan

In January 2003, the company announced that it would undertake restructuring initiatives related to realigned infrastructure requirements and reduced manufacturing needs for digital equipment. The charges related to these restructuring initiatives will be recorded as the various initiatives take effect. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for the company’s accounting policy related to restructuring charges.

57

In connection with this plan, the company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $116.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The pre-tax restructuring charges are composed of:
(Dollars in millions)	 	Restructuring
charges	 	Non-cash charges	 	Cash payments	 	Balance at
December 31,
2003	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	81.0          	 	$	-          	 	$	(53.5)        	 	$	27.5          	
Asset impairments	 	 	26.6          	 	 	(26.6)        	 	 	-          	 	 	-          	
Other exit costs	 	 	9.1          	 	 	-          	 	 	(4.4)        	 	 	4.7          	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
 	 	$	116.7          	 	$	(26.6)        	 	$	(57.9)        	 	$	32.2          	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
All restructuring charges, except for the asset impairments, will result in cash outflows. The severance and benefit costs relate to a reduction in workforce of approximately 1,438 employees worldwide at December 31, 2003 and expected future workforce reductions of approximately 1,000 employees. The workforce reductions relate to actions across several of the company’s businesses resulting from infrastructure and process improvements and its continuing efforts to streamline operations, and include managerial, professional, clerical and technical roles. Approximately 65% of the workforce reductions are in the U.S. The majority of the international workforce reductions are in Europe and Canada. Asset impairments relate primarily to the write-down of property, plant and equipment, resulting from the closure or streamlining of certain facilities. During 2003, the company recorded an asset impairment of $23.8 million as a result of the company’s decision to exit its Main Plant facility in Connecticut in connection with its product sourcing and real estate optimization strategy. The fair values of the impaired long-lived assets were determined primarily using probability weighted expected cash flows in accordance with FAS No. 144. Other exit costs relate primarily to lease termination costs, non-cancelable lease payments, consolidation of excess facilities and other costs associated with exiting business activities.

2001 Restructuring Plan

In 2001, the company adopted a formal restructuring plan to implement a common, streamlined business infrastructure across the corporation as a result of the company’s decisions to spin off its office systems business and align its mailing business on a global basis, as well as cost saving opportunities resulting from strategic acquisitions and partnerships, and additional benefits attained from the consolidation of its IT organization and ERP initiatives. In connection with this plan, the company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $149.3 million in 2001, of which $116.1 million was related to continuing operations and the remaining $33.2 million was related to discontinued operations. The restructuring charges related to continuing operations have been segregated in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2001. The restructuring charges related to discontinued operations have been reported in discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2001. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.

The restructuring charges related to continuing operations were composed of:
(Dollars in millions)	 	Year Ended
December 31, 2001	

	

	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	74.3            	
Asset impairments	 	 	28.0            	
Other exit costs	 	 	13.8            	

	

	
 	 	$	116.1            	

	

	
All restructuring charges, except for the asset impairments, resulted in cash outflows. The severance and benefit costs related to a reduction in workforce of approximately 1,500 employees worldwide which was initiated in 2001 and was substantially completed at December 31, 2002. The workforce reductions related to actions across several of our businesses resulting from infrastructure and process improvements and our continued efforts to streamline operations, and included managerial, professional, clerical and technical roles. Approximately 80% of the workforce reductions were in the U.S. The majority of the international workforce reductions were in Europe. None of the reductions impacted sales coverage. At December 31, 2002, 1,529 employees were separated under these initiatives and approximately $73.6 million of severance and benefit costs were paid. Asset impairments related primarily to the disposal or abandonment of certain hardware and software applications, resulting from the alignment of our mailing business on a global basis and ERP initiatives. Other exit costs related primarily to lease termination costs, non-cancelable lease payments, and other costs associated with business activities that have been exited and the consolidation of excess facilities.

58

The restructuring charges related to discontinued operations were composed of:
(Dollars in millions)	 	Year Ended
December 31, 2001	

	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	1.9          	
Asset impairments	 	 	17.5          	
Other exit costs	 	 	13.8          	

	

	
 	 	$	33.2          	

	

	
The severance and benefit costs related to a reduction in workforce of approximately 25 employees. The asset impairments related primarily to an impairment of residual values, in connection with leases of copier equipment, and the write-down of certain facsimile and copier equipment, resulting from the spin off of our office systems business. Other exit costs related primarily to incremental costs associated with cancellation and separation of facility occupancy leases that were shared between the company and IGI.

This restructuring plan was substantially completed at December 31, 2002.

14.   Meter Transition

In 2001, the company adopted a formal plan to transition to the next generation of networked mailing technology. The information capture and exchange, made possible by advanced technology, turns the postage meter into an “intelligent” terminal that networks the mailer to postal and carrier information and systems. This two-way information architecture, in turn, enables convenient access to and delivery of value-added services such as tracking, delivery confirmation and rate information. The adoption of this plan was facilitated by our expanded access to technology and our ability to move to networked products combined with our expectations that the U.S. and posts around the world will continue to encourage the migration of mailing systems to networked digital technologies. As a result of this plan, certain electronic meter rental assets and related equipment will not be placed back in service. In addition, certain leased equipment either will not be remarketed or will result in lower realization at end of lease as a result of the introduction of new technology. In connection with this plan, the company recorded non-cash pre-tax charges of $268.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, related to assets associated with our non-networked mailing technology. In November 2001, postal regulations were issued, consistent with the company’s meter transition plan, defining the meter migration process and timing.

The charges related to the meter transition plan were composed of:
(Dollars in millions)	 	Year ended
December 31, 2001	

	

	
Impairment of lease residual values	 	$	128.4          	
Impairment of meter rental assets	 	 	71.3          	
Inventory writedowns	 	 	27.6          	
Additional depreciation costs on meter rental assets	 	 	41.0          	

	

	
 	 	$	268.3          	

	

	
15.   Acquisitions

DDD Company (DDD)

On October 23, 2003, the company completed the acquisition of DDD for a net purchase price of $49.5 million, which consisted of approximately $24.8 million of cash and the issuance of 595,485 shares of common stock valued at $24.7 million. The value of common shares was determined based on the average market price of common shares over a period of time prior to the completion of the acquisition. The results of DDD’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. DDD offers a broad array of services, including fulfillment services, secure mail processing, messenger services, logistics support, and record and information management.

59

Allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has not been finalized for this acquisition. Final determination of fair values to be assigned may result in adjustments to the preliminary estimated values assigned at the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of the major assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
Intangible assets	 	$	13,900	 	
Goodwill	 	 	31,187	 	
Other, net	 	 	4,452	 	

	

	 	
 	Purchase price	 	$	49,539	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
The major intangible asset classes and weighted average amortization period for these asset classes were as follows:
 	 	Amortization
Period	 	Allocation	

	 	

	
Customer relationships	 	 	10 years	 	$	13,600	
Mailing technology	 	 	2 years	 	 	300	

	

	 	

	

	
     Weighted average	 	 	10 years	 	$	13,900	

	

	
The goodwill was assigned to the Global Enterprise Solutions segment. No research and development assets were acquired.

PSI Group, Inc. (PSI)

On August 1, 2002, the company completed the acquisition of PSI, the nation’s largest mail presort company, for approximately $127 million in cash and $39 million in assumed debt. The results of PSI’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. PSI prepares, sorts and aggregates mail to earn postal discounts and expedite delivery for its customers. As a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company, PSI continues to operate under its original management and continues to focus on providing presort mail services.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the major assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
Intangible assets	 	$	42,286	 	
Goodwill	 	 	113,247	 	
Other, net	 	 	10,967	 	
Debt	 	 	(39,445	)	

	

	 	
     Purchase price	 	$	127,055	 	

	

	 	
The major intangible asset classes and weighted average amortization period for these asset classes were as follows:
 	 	Amortization
Period	 	Allocation	

	 	

	
Customer relationships	 	 	15 years	 	$	39,100	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	2 years	 	 	786	
Mailing technology	 	 	5 years	 	 	1,500	
Trademarks and trade names	 	 	3 years	 	 	900	

	

	 	

	

	
     Weighted average	 	 	14 years	 	$	42,286	

	

	
The goodwill was assigned to the Global Mailstream Solutions segment. No research and development assets were acquired.

Secap SA (Secap)

On October 31, 2001, the company announced it had completed the acquisition of Secap, the France-based mailing systems subsidiary of Fimalac, for approximately Euros 220 million ($206 million) in cash. Secap offers a range of mail processing and paper handling equipment, supplies and technology for low- to mid-volume mailers. At that time, Secap held more than 30% of the postage meter market share in France. The results of Secap’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

60

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the major assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
Intangible assets	 	$	62,200	 	
Goodwill	 	 	167,313	 	
Other, net	 	 	(23,086	)	

	

	 	
 	Purchase price	 	$	206,427	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
The major intangible asset classes and weighted average amortization period for these asset classes were as follows:
 	 	Amortization
Period	 	 	Allocation	

	 	 	

	
Customer relationships	 	 	15 years	 	$	33,900	
Mailing technology	 	 	14 years	 	 	22,900	
Trademarks and trade names	 	 	5 years	 	 	5,400	

	

	 	

	

	
 	Weighted average	 	 	14 years	 	$	62,200	

	

	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The goodwill was assigned to the Global Mailstream Solutions segment. No research and development assets were acquired.

Danka Services International (DSI)

On June 29, 2001, the company completed its acquisition of DSI from Danka Business Systems PLC. The final purchase price, following post-closing adjustments, was $285.5 million in cash. DSI provides on- and off-site document management services, including the management of central reprographic departments, the placement and maintenance of photocopiers, print-on-demand operations and document archiving and retrieval services. The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method and accordingly, the operating results of DSI have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the major assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
Intangible assets	 	$	43,800	
Goodwill	 	 	207,758	
Other, net	 	 	33,942	

	

	
 	Purchase price	 	$	285,500	

	

	
 	 	 	 	 	
The intangible assets relate to customer relationships and have a useful life of approximately 15 years. The goodwill was assigned to the Global Enterprise Solutions segment. No research and development assets were acquired.

Bell & Howell International Mail and Messaging Technologies (MMT)

On June 5, 2001, the company completed the acquisition of MMT in Europe, Africa, the Middle East and Asia. The final purchase price, following post closing adjustments, was $44 million in cash. MMT markets and services high-end mail processing, sorting and service-related products through a network of distributors and direct operations. The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method and accordingly, the operating results of the acquisition have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the major assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
Intangible assets	 	$	10,900	 	
Goodwill	 	 	36,225	 	
Other, net	 	 	(3,125	)	

	

	 	
 	Purchase price	 	$	44,000	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
61

The major intangible asset classes and weighted average amortization period for these asset classes were as follows:
 	 	Amortization
Period	 	Allocation	 	

	 	

	 	
Customer relationships	 	 	15 years	 	$	5,300	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	5 years	 	 	2,200	 	
Mailing technology	 	 	7 years	 	 	2,800	 	
Trademarks and trade names	 	 	1 year	 	 	600	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Weighted average	 	 	10 years	 	$	10,900	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The goodwill was assigned to the Global Mailstream Solutions segment. No research and development assets were acquired.

Consolidated impact of acquisitions

These acquisitions increased our operating profit, but including related financing costs, did not materially impact earnings either on a per share or aggregate basis.The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations have been prepared as if the acquisitions of DDD, PSI, Secap, DSI and MMT had occurred on January 1, 2001:
 	 	Years ended December 31	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	4,633,269	 	$	4,524,758	 	$	4,517,765	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The pro forma consolidated results do not purport to be indicative of results that would have occurred had the acquisitions been completed on January 1, 2001, nor do they purport to be indicative of the results that will be obtained in the future. The pro forma earning results of these acquisitions were not material to earnings on either a per share or an aggregate basis.

During 2003, 2002 and 2001 the company also completed several smaller acquisitions. During 2003, the company acquired one of its address printing suppliers. The company acquired the remaining 43% ownership interest of MailCode Inc. in 2002 and completed the acquisition of Alysis Technologies Inc. in 2001, a leading provider of digital document delivery solutions. The company’s smaller acquisitions also include some of its international dealerships and presort businesses. The cost of these acquisitions was in the aggregate less than $70 million in each year. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on the company’s financial results either individually or on an aggregate basis.

16.   Goodwill and intangible assets

Intangible assets are composed of the following:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	

	 	

	
 	 	Gross Carrying
Amount	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Gross Carrying
Amount	 	Accumulated
Amortization	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	
Amortized intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Customer relationships	 	$	161,655	 	$	18,002	 	$	133,414	 	$	7,177	
Mailing technology	 	 	63,603	 	 	9,519	 	 	38,100	 	 	3,645	
Trademark and trade names	 	 	8,357	 	 	4,067	 	 	6,900	 	 	1,805	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	3,496	 	 	1,917	 	 	2,986	 	 	707	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
 	 	$	237,111	 	$	33,505	 	$	181,400	 	$	13,334	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $17.5 million for 2003 and $12.6 million for 2002. Estimated intangible assets amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:
For the year ending 12/31/04	 	$	19,300	 	
For the year ending 12/31/05	 	$	19,100	 	
For the year ending 12/31/06	 	$	18,350	 	
For the year ending 12/31/07	 	$	16,800	 	
For the year ending 12/31/08	 	$	16,250	 	
62

Intangible assets acquired during the year ended December 31, 2003 are as follows:
 	 	Amortization
Period	 	Acquisition
Cost	 	

	 	

	 	
Customer relationships	 	 	12 years	 	$	23,675	 	
Mailing technology	 	 	12 years	 	 	17,959	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	2 years	 	 	50	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
     Weighted average	 	 	12 years	 	$	41,684	 	

	

	 	
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:
 	 	Global Mailstream
Solutions	 	Global Enterprise
Solutions	 	Total	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Balance at January 1, 2002	 	$	226,925	 	$	408,948	 	$	635,873	 	
Goodwill acquired during the year	 	 	131,674	 	 	9,509	 	 	141,183	 	
Other	 	 	46,692	 	 	3,493	 	 	50,185	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance at December 31, 2002	 	$	405,291	 	$	421,950	 	$	827,241	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill acquired during the year	 	 	46,271	 	 	31,187	 	 	77,458	 	
Other	 	 	40,883	 	 	10,702	 	 	51,585	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance at December 31, 2003	 	$	492,445	 	$	463,839	 	$	956,284	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Other primarily includes the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments.

During 2003 and 2002 the company performed impairment tests for goodwill. As a result of this review, it was determined that no goodwill impairments existed.

17.   Commitments, contingencies and regulatory matters

At December 31, 2003, as part of the company’s Capital Services programs, the company has committed to potentially extend credit of $136 million to pre-approved creditworthy customers. The company will sell or syndicate transactions that are funded during the commitment period. In accordance with the company’s new Capital Services strategy, the company will no longer enter into new credit commitments.

In the ordinary course of normal business, the company is routinely a defendant in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions, including proceedings purportedly brought on behalf of classes of claimants. These may involve litigation by or against the company relating to, among other things: contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with customers; or disputes with employees. In those cases where the company is a defendant, plaintiffs may seek to recover large and sometimes unspecified amounts of damages or other types of relief, and some matters may remain unresolved for several years. Although management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of such matters, based on current knowledge, management does not believe that the ultimate outcome of these litigations will have a material adverse effect on the company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2003, the company received accepted closing agreements with the IRS showing income tax adjustments for the 1992 to 1994 tax years. The total additional tax for these years is approximately $5.0 million. Additional tax due for 1995 and future tax years in connection with these closing agreements will not materially affect the company’s future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. In addition to the accepted tax adjustments, one 1994 proposed adjustment remains in dispute, which could result in additional tax of approximately $4.3 million. The company believes that it has meritorious defenses to this deficiency and that the ultimate outcome will not result in a material effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The company believes that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open years. However, if the IRS prevails on this deficiency, additional tax may be due for 1995 and future tax years, which could materially affect its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. At any time, the company’s provision for taxes could be affected by changes in tax law and interpretations by governments or courts.

In December 2001, the company recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $24 million associated with the settlement of a lawsuit related to lease upgrade pricing in the early to mid-1990’s. The $24 million charge relates to the following settlement costs: award certificates to be provided to members of the class for purchase of office products through Pitney Bowes supply line and the cost of legal fees and related expenses of $8.3 million. This charge has been included in other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2001. In 2003, the company recorded income of $10 million related to the expiration of product award certificates provided in connection with this settlement.

63

In June 2001, the company and Hewlett-Packard announced that they had reached an agreement resolving a lawsuit filed by the company in 1995. The lawsuit arose out of a dispute over print technology patents. Under the terms of the agreement, the companies resolved all pending patent litigation without admission of infringement and the company received $400 million in cash and ten year supply and technology agreements. The cash payment, net of legal fees and related expenses of $37.8 million, was recorded as other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2001.

In November 2001, the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) issued its finalized service plan for the retirement of non-digital, or letterpress, meters. New placements of non-digital meters without the “timeout” feature that enables the meters to be automatically disabled, if not reset within a specified time period are no longer permitted after December 31, 2002. These meters must be off the market by December 31, 2006. New placements of non-digital meters with a “timeout” feature are no longer permitted after June 2004. These meters must be off the market by December 31, 2008.

In 2000, the USPS issued a proposed schedule for the phaseout of manually reset electronic meters in the U.S. As of February 1, 2000, new placements of manually reset electronic meters were no longer permitted. Current users of manually reset electronic meters could continue to use these meters for the term of their rental and lease agreements. Leases or rentals due to expire in 2000 could be extended to December 31, 2001.

In connection with the above, the company adopted a formal plan in the second quarter of 2001 to transition to the next generation of networked mailing technology. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

In May 1995, the USPS publicly announced its concept of its Information Based Indicia Program (IBIP) for future postage evidencing devices. As initially stated by the USPS, the purpose of the program was to develop a new standard for future digital postage evidencing devices which would significantly enhance postal revenue security and support expanded USPS value-added services to mailers. The program would consist of the development of four separate specifications: (i) the Indicium specification - the technical specifications for the indicium to be printed; (ii) a Postal Security Device specification - the technical specification for the device that would contain the accounting and security features of the system; (iii) a Host specification; and (iv) a Vendor Infrastructure specification. During the period from May 1995 through December 31, 2001, the company submitted extensive comments to a series of proposed IBIP specifications issued by the USPS, including comments on the IBI Performance Criteria.

18.   Guarantees

In November 2002, FIN No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” was issued. FIN No. 45 elaborates on the existing disclosure requirements for most guarantees, including loan guarantees such as standby letters of credit. It also clarifies that at the time a company issues a guarantee, the company must recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligations it assumes under the guarantee and must disclose that information in its interim and annual financial statements. The provisions related to recognizing a liability at inception of the guarantee for the fair value of the guarantor’s obligations does not apply to product warranties or to guarantees accounted for as derivatives. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions apply on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002.

In connection with its Capital Services programs, the company has sold finance receivables and entered into guarantee contracts with varying amounts of recourse. See Off-Balance Sheet Items in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

In connection with the sale of certain businesses, the company has agreed to indemnify the buyer for certain losses related to assets acquired by the buyer. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets includes a liability of approximately $3 million and $9 million respectively, for these indemnifications, which reflects the company’s maximum probable exposure.

The company provides product warranties in conjunction with certain product sales, generally for a period of 90 days from the date of installation. The company’s product warranty liability reflects management’s best estimate of probable liability under its product warranties based on historical claim experience, which has not been significant, and other currently available evidence. Accordingly, the company’s product warranty liability at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, was not material.

19.   Leases

In addition to factory and office facilities owned, the company leases similar properties, as well as sales and service offices, equipment and other properties, generally under long-term lease agreements extending from three to 25 years. Certain of these leases have been capitalized at the present value of the net minimum lease payments at inception. Amounts included under liabilities represent the present value of remaining lease payments.

64

Future minimum lease payments under both capital and non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2003 are as follows:
Years ending December 31	 	Capital leases	 	Operating
leases	 	

	 	

	 	
2004	 	$	2,264	 	$	80,755	 	
2005	 	 	2,768	 	 	58,384	 	
2006	 	 	1,224	 	 	38,808	 	
2007	 	 	653	 	 	23,819	 	
2008	 	 	103	 	 	15,278	 	
Thereafter	 	 	8	 	 	21,603	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total minimum lease payments	 	$	7,020	 	$	238,647	 	

	

	 	
Less: Amount representing interest	 	 	935	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Present value of net minimum lease payments	 	$	6,085	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Rental expense was $137.9 million, $134.3 million and $108.1 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

20.   Financial services

The company has several consolidated finance operations which are engaged in lease financing of the company’s products in the U.S., Canada, the U.K., Germany, France, Norway, Ireland, Australia, Austria, Spain, Switzerland, Sweden, Denmark, the Netherlands and Italy, as well as other financial services to the commercial and industrial markets in North America.

Capital Services

Capital Services charges

In 2002, the company recorded a non-cash pre-tax charge of approximately $213 million to write down its investments in commercial passenger aircraft leases primarily with US Airways Group, Inc. (US Airways) and United Air Lines (United) and to increase its provision for credit losses primarily related to aircraft leasing investments in the U.S. The charge was composed of the following:
 	•	A write-down of U.S. aircraft lease receivables and residuals of approximately $110 million;	
 	 	 	
 	•	Additional credit loss reserves related to U.S. aircraft lease investments of approximately $82 million;	
 	 	 	
 	•	Other costs related to the company’s aircraft leasing investments of approximately $1 million; and	
 	 	 	
 	•	Additional credit loss reserves related to non-aircraft Capital Services investments of approximately $20 million.	
A further breakdown of the charge related to aircraft lease investments by individual airline is presented on page 66.

The decision of US Airways and United to file for bankruptcy exacerbated an already difficult environment in the airline industry. As a result of the rapid deterioration of the U.S. airline industry as well as our revised Capital Services strategy, the company recorded a charge of approximately $82 million to increase our provision for credit losses related to its aircraft leasing investments in the U.S. As a result of these events, combined with both the deteriorating financial condition in various other industries and the change in its Capital Services strategy, the company recorded a charge of approximately $20 million to increase its provision for credit losses related to non-aircraft leasing investments, including investments in the telecommunications industry.

Investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing transactions

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the company’s net investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing transactions was $298 million and $344 million, respectively, which is composed of transactions with U.S. airlines of $41 million and $62 million, respectively, and foreign airlines of $257 million and $282 million, respectively. The company’s net investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing portfolio is financed through investments in leveraged lease transactions, direct financing lease transactions and through the company’s equity investment in PBG. Risk of loss under these transactions is primarily related to: (1) the inability of the airline to make underlying lease payments; (2) the company’s inability to generate sufficient cash flows either through the sale of the aircraft or secondary lease transactions to recover its net investment; and/or (3) in the case of the leveraged lease portfolio, the absence of an equity defeasance or other third party credit arrangements. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 42% and 35% respectively, of the company’s net investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing

65

investments was further secured by approximately $125 million and $120 million, respectively, of equity defeasance accounts or third party credit arrangements.

At December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, the company’s net investment in commercial passenger and cargo aircraft leasing transactions was composed of the following:
 	 	Aircraft	 	December 31, 2003	 	December 31, 2002	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Airline	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United and subsidiary (A)	 	 	5	 	 	 	$	15,492	 	 	 	 	$	17,728	 	 	 	
US Airways (B)	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	
Delta (C)	 	 	5	 	 	 	 	35,774	 	 	 	 	 	43,571	 	 	 	
America West	 	 	1	 	 	 	 	20,934	 	 	 	 	 	23,138	 	 	 	
American	 	 	6	 	 	 	 	2,652	 	 	 	 	 	22,977	 	 	 	
Southwest	 	 	2	 	 	 	 	8,448	 	 	 	 	 	11,673	 	 	 	
Northwest	 	 	1	 	 	 	 	1,770	 	 	 	 	 	3,854	 	 	 	
Alaska	 	 	1	 	 	 	 	1,095	 	 	 	 	 	1,087	 	 	 	
Federal Express	 	 	1	 	 	 	 	21,883	 	 	 	 	 	19,965	 	 	 	
Credit loss reserves	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	(66,740	)	 	 	 	 	(82,000	)	 	 	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	
 	 	 	22	 	 	 	 	41,308	 	 	 	 	 	61,993	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
KLM	 	 	2	 	 	 	 	108,308	 	 	 	 	 	107,519	 	 	 	
Qantas	 	 	2	 	 	 	 	66,345	 	 	 	 	 	74,311	 	 	 	
Japan	 	 	2	 	 	 	 	48,340	 	 	 	 	 	45,181	 	 	 	
Air France	 	 	1	 	 	 	 	33,807	 	 	 	 	 	33,138	 	 	 	
Lufthansa	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	 	22,295	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	
 	 	 	7	 	 	 	 	256,800	 	 	 	 	 	282,444	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	
 	 	 	29	 	 	 	$	298,108	 	 	 	 	$	344,437	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	
During the second quarter of 2003, Lufthansa exercised its early buyout option. The company received approximately $22 million from this transaction, reflecting the net investment at that time.
(A)	The company’s investment in commercial passenger aircraft leasing transactions with United included four aircraft leased to United and one aircraft leased to a wholly-owned regional carrier subsidiary of United, for a total investment of approximately $72 million. In December 2002, United filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The company is continuing its discussions with United as to whether it will continue leasing these aircraft to them post-bankruptcy at reduced lease rates. Based on the expected outcome of these negotiations and the continued deterioration of the U.S. airline industry, the company recorded a charge of approximately $54 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, to write down lease receivables and residuals to reflect the estimated cumulative loss of future cash flows over the next nine years.	
 	 	
(B)	Prior to these charges and an exchange transaction as discussed below, the company’s investment in commercial passenger aircraft leasing transactions with US Airways included four aircraft for a total investment of approximately $60 million. In August 2002, US Airways filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. To eliminate the company’s exposure to US Airways, in December 2002, the company exchanged the four aircraft leased to US Airways, which were then valued at approximately $9 million and paid approximately $11 million in cash for a leased aircraft operated by Federal Express. The company recorded a charge of approximately $51 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, to write down its remaining investment in US Airways.	
 	 	
(C)	The company recorded a charge of approximately $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, to write down lease residuals on leases with Delta Airlines based on an analysis of the underlying leases and aircraft.	
The write-down of lease receivables and residuals of $110 million and additional credit loss reserves of $82 million includes $31 million and $70 million, respectively, related to aircraft financed through the company’s equity investment in PBG.

66

Capital Services portfolio

The company’s investment in Capital Services lease related assets included in its Consolidated Balance Sheets was composed of the following:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Leveraged leases	 	$	1,535	 	$	1,560	 	
Finance receivables	 	 	450	 	 	708	 	
Other assets	 	 	51	 	 	61	 	
Rental equipment	 	 	18	 	 	20	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	2,054	 	$	2,349	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The company’s investment in leveraged leases assets consists of the following:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rental receivables	 	$	8,043	 	$	8,695	 	
Residual value	 	 	550	 	 	690	 	
Principal and interest on nonrecourse loans	 	 	(6,263	)	 	(6,854	)	
Unearned income	 	 	(795	)	 	(971	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total leveraged leases	 	 	1,535	 	 	1,560	 	
Less: Deferred taxes related to leveraged leases	 	 	(1,229	)	 	(1,048	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net investment in leveraged leases	 	$	306	 	$	512	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	•	Rental receivables represent total lease payments from the company’s customers over the remaining term of the leveraged leases.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Residual value represents the value of the property anticipated at the end of the leveraged lease terms and is based on independent appraisals. The company regularly reviews the recorded residual value to ensure it is appropriate.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Principal and interest on nonrecourse loans represent amounts due to unrelated third parties from the company’s customers over the remaining term of the leveraged leases. The nonrecourse loans are secured by the lessees’ rental obligations and the leased property. If a lessee defaults and if the amounts realized from the sale of these assets are insufficient, the company has no obligation to make any payments due on these nonrecourse loans to the unrelated third parties. Accordingly, the company is required by GAAP to subtract the principal and interest over the remaining term of the nonrecourse loans from its rental receivables and residual value. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the principal balances on the nonrecourse loans totaled $3.5 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, and the related interest payments over the remaining terms of the leases totaled $2.8 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively. Maturities of the principal balances on the nonrecourse loans are $67 million, $304 million, $220 million, $124 million, $145 million and $2,608 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and thereafter, respectively.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Unearned income represents the company’s future financing income that will be earned over the remaining term of the leases.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Total leveraged leases represent the amount that is recorded in the company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.	
67

The investment in total leveraged leases in the company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets is diversified across the following types of assets:
(Dollars in millions)
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	Original Lease Term
(in years)	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Locomotives and rail cars	 	$	360	 	$	303	 	 	15-40	 	 	
Postal equipment	 	 	338	 	 	307	 	 	16-24	 	 	
Commercial aircraft	 	 	279	 	 	303	 	 	23-25	 	 	
Commercial real estate	 	 	236	 	 	340	 	 	17-25	 	 	
Telecommunications	 	 	139	 	 	133	 	 	14-16	 	 	
Rail and bus	 	 	132	 	 	131	 	 	27-37	 	 	
Shipping and handling	 	 	51	 	 	43	 	 	24	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	
Total leveraged leases	 	$	1,535	 	$	1,560	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	
At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the company’s leveraged lease investment in commercial real estate facilities included approximately $88 million and $84 million, respectively, related to leases of corporate facilities to four U.S. telecommunication entities, of which $73 million and $69 million, respectively, is with lessees that are highly rated. Additionally, the company’s leveraged lease investment in telecommunications equipment represents leases to three highly rated international telecommunication entities. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 84% and 86%, respectively, of this portfolio is further secured by equity defeasance accounts or other third party credit arrangements. In 2002, as part of the company’s Capital Services charges discussed on page 65, the company increased its provision for credit losses related to its investment in the telecommunications industry.

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 51% and 48%, respectively, of the company’s total leveraged lease portfolio is further secured by equity defeasance accounts or other third party credit arrangements. In addition, at December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately 20% and 17%, respectively, of the remaining leveraged lease portfolio represents leases to highly rated government related organizations which have guarantees or supplemental credit enhancements upon the occurrence of certain events.

Finance receivables are composed of the following:
(Dollars in millions)
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
Assets held for sale	 	$	21	 	$	195	 	
Single investor leases:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Large ticket single investor leases	 	 	157	 	 	253	 	
 	Imagistics lease portfolio	 	 	272	 	 	260	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	450	 	$	708	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Other assets represent the company’s 50% equity interest in PBG. The company formed PBG with GATX during 1997 for the purposes of financing and managing certain leasing related assets. The company accounts for its investment in PBG under the equity method. The company’s net investment in PBG was reduced in 2002 by a write-down of aircraft lease receivables of approximately $31 million and additional credit loss reserves of approximately $70 million related to aircraft lease investments in the U.S. See Capital Services charges on page 65.

The company’s Consolidated Statements of Income includes financing revenue of $6.6 million, $32.6 million and $33.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 respectively, attributable to its assets held for sale portfolio.

68

Finance Receivables

Finance receivables are generally due in monthly, quarterly or semiannual installments over periods ranging from three to 15 years.

The components of net finance receivables were as follows:
December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
Gross finance receivables	 	$	3,601,827	 	$	3,739,221	 	
Residual valuation	 	 	306,097	 	 	294,205	 	
Initial direct cost deferred	 	 	54,519	 	 	49,145	 	
Allowance for credit losses	 	 	(141,184	)	 	(154,008	)	
Unearned income	 	 	(808,149	)	 	(795,935	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net finance receivables	 	$	3,013,110	 	$	3,132,628	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Maturities of gross finance receivables for the finance operations are as follows:
Years ending December 31	 	Internal
financing	 	Capital
services	 	Total
receivables	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
2004	 	$	1,460,566	 	$	164,797	 	$	1,625,363	 	
2005	 	 	792,054	 	 	110,574	 	 	902,628	 	
2006	 	 	508,945	 	 	71,107	 	 	580,052	 	
2007	 	 	265,261	 	 	52,465	 	 	317,726	 	
2008	 	 	90,026	 	 	19,441	 	 	109,467	 	
Thereafter	 	 	12,722	 	 	53,869	 	 	66,591	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	3,129,574	 	$	472,253	 	$	3,601,827	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Finance operations’ net purchases of Pitney Bowes equipment amounted to $675.8 million, $684.8 million and $701.4 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Credit Risk

The company regularly reviews its risk of default on both an individual lessee basis as well as its overall exposure by industry. The company also regularly reviews its equipment and property values. This may include industry and equipment studies, physical inspections and third party appraisals.

A summary of the allowance for credit losses were as follows:
Years ended December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Beginning balance	 	$	154,008	 	$	127,418	 	$	97,351	 	
Additions charged to continuing operations	 	 	51,910	 	 	92,858	 	 	55,567	 	
Additions charged to cost of meter transition	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	24,900	 	
Deductions credited to discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	(11,761	)	 	-	 	
Amounts written-off, net of recoveries:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Internal Financing	 	 	(48,732	)	 	(48,451	)	 	(44,297	)	
 	Capital Services:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Large-ticket	 	 	(10,690	)	 	10	 	 	(469	)	
 	Small-ticket	 	 	(5,312	)	 	(6,066	)	 	(5,634	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total write-offs, net of recoveries	 	 	(64,734	)	 	(54,507	)	 	(50,400	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Ending balance	 	$	141,184	 	$	154,008	 	$	127,418	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The increase in the amount of additions charged to continuing operations in 2002 is primarily due to the charge recorded related to the company’s aircraft leasing investments in the U.S. See Capital Services charges.

69

The carrying values of non-performing assets are disclosed in the table below. As a result of the continuing deterioration in the U.S. airline industry, the company decided to suspend the recognition of financing income on all aircraft leases in the U.S. (other than Federal Express) beginning January 1, 2003. These assets, which are detailed on page 66, are therefore not included in the summary of non-performing assets below.
Years ended December 31	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Non-performing assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Internal Financing	 	$	27,086	 	$	29,233	 	$	29,539	 	
 	Capital Services:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Large-ticket	 	 	32,394	 	 	43,815	 	 	41,094	 	
 	Small-ticket	 	 	1,934	 	 	2,719	 	 	4,528	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	61,414	 	$	75,767	 	$	75,161	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Off-Balance Sheet Items

Finance receivables sales

As part of the company’s Capital Services programs, the company has from time-to-time sold, through securitizations, net finance receivables with limited recourse. In these transactions, the company has surrendered control over the transferred assets in accordance with paragraph 9 of FAS No. 140 and received a cash payment from the transferee. Specifically, the finance receivables were sold to a bankruptcy remote limited liability company. At the time of sale, the company obtained legal counsel’s opinion that the assets were isolated and that the sale qualified as a true sale at law. Under the terms of the sale, the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets it received. There are no conditions that both constrain the transferee from taking advantage of its right to pledge or exchange and provide more than a trivial benefit to the transferor. The company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets.

The company has accounted for these transactions as a sale, recognizing assets obtained and liabilities incurred in consideration as proceeds of the sale. Any resulting gain or loss was recognized in income at the time of sale. The maximum risk of loss in these transactions arises from the possible non-performance of lessees to meet the terms of their contracts. The company believes adequate provisions for losses have been established for receivables sold which may become uncollectible and for which it has recourse obligation, in accordance with paragraph 113 of FAS No. 140.

The company has sold net finance receivables and in selective cases entered into guarantee contracts with varying amounts of recourse in privately-placed transactions with unrelated third-party investors. The uncollected principal balance of receivables sold and guarantee contracts totaled $125.9 million and $183.0 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In accordance with GAAP, the company does not record these amounts as liabilities in its Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The company’s maximum risk of loss on these net financing receivables and guarantee contracts arises from the possible non-performance of lessees to meet the terms of their contracts and from changes in the value of the underlying equipment. These contracts are secured by the underlying equipment value, and supported by the creditworthiness of its customers. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the underlying equipment value exceeded the sum of the uncollected principal balance of receivables sold and the guarantee contracts. As part of the company’s review of its risk exposure, the company believes it has made adequate provision for sold receivables and guarantee contracts which may not be collectible. See Notes 18 and 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

Equity interest

During 1997, the company formed PBG with GATX for the purpose of financing and managing certain leasing related assets existing at that time. The company contributed assets to PBG and maintains a 50% interest. The company currently accounts for its investment in PBG under the equity method and does not record the assets and liabilities of PBG in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. However, the company will be required to consolidate the assets and liabilities of PBG effective March 31, 2004 when the provisions of FIN No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” become effective for the company. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on the impact of adopting FIN No. 46. The company’s maximum exposure is its investment of $51 million in its Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003. PBG’s total assets and liabilities at December 31, 2003 are $323 million and $202 million, respectively.

70

State and local government financing

As part of the company’s Capital Services business, the company originated tax-exempt secured loans to state and local governments and sold certificates of interest in these loans. Generally, the company recognized revenue for the fees it received upon the sale of these certificates. These transactions however, may have required the company to buy back certificates if interest rates rose significantly. During 2003 the company sold all of its remaining interest in these structures. The company has no future servicing responsibility or risk associated with these transactions. Certificates outstanding at December 31, 2002 were $216.8 million, which in accordance with GAAP, were not recorded as assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

21.   Business segment information

For a description of the company’s reportable segments and the types of products and services from which each reportable segment derives its revenue, see Item 1 - Business on page 3. That information is incorporated herein by reference. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with such information. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies, with the exception of the items outlined below.

Operating profit of each segment is determined by deducting from revenue the related costs and operating expenses directly attributable to the segment. Segment operating profit excludes general corporate expenses, restructuring charges, income taxes and net interest attributable to corporate debt. Interest from financial services businesses includes intercompany interest. Identifiable assets are those used in the company’s operations and exclude cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and general corporate assets. Long-lived assets exclude finance receivables and investment in leveraged leases.

Revenue and operating profit by business segment and geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were as follows:
 	 	Revenue	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Business segments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	3,156	 	$	3,012	 	$	2,847	 	
 	Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	1,270	 	 	1,218	 	 	1,083	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	4,426	 	 	4,230	 	 	3,930	 	
 	Non-core	 	 	110	 	 	140	 	 	150	 	
 	Core	 	 	41	 	 	40	 	 	42	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Capital Services	 	 	151	 	 	180	 	 	192	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	4,577	 	$	4,410	 	$	4,122	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Geographic areas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	United States	 	$	3,507	 	$	3,477	 	$	3,374	 	
 	Outside the United States	 	 	1,070	 	 	933	 	 	748	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	4,577	 	$	4,410	 	$	4,122	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	Operating Profit	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Business segments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	947	 	$	894	 	$	860	 	
 	Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	75	 	 	83	 	 	77	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	1,022	 	 	977	 	 	937	 	
 	Non-core	 	 	50	 	 	59	 	 	51	 	
 	Core	 	 	21	 	 	17	 	 	22	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Capital Services	 	 	71	 	 	76	 	 	73	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	1,093	 	$	1,053	 	$	1,010	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Geographic areas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	United States	 	$	943	 	$	913	 	$	891	 	
 	Outside the United States	 	 	150	 	 	140	 	 	119	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	1,093	 	$	1,053	 	$	1,010	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
71

Additional segment information is as follows:
 	 	Years ended December 31	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Depreciation and amortization:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	208	 	$	188	 	$	178	 	
 	Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	59	 	 	49	 	 	37	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	267	 	 	237	 	 	215	 	
 	Non-core	 	 	10	 	 	14	 	 	13	 	
 	Core	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Capital Services	 	 	10	 	 	14	 	 	13	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	277	 	$	251	 	$	228	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	27	 	$	47	 	$	56	 	
 	Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	1	 	 	1	 	 	1	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	28	 	 	48	 	 	57	 	
 	Non-core	 	 	21	 	 	35	 	 	50	 	
 	Core	 	 	8	 	 	8	 	 	7	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Capital Services	 	 	29	 	 	43	 	 	57	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	57	 	$	91	 	$	114	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	214	 	$	153	 	$	141	 	
 	Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	62	 	 	63	 	 	22	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	276	 	 	216	 	 	163	 	
 	Non-core	 	 	-	 	 	(1	)	 	(4	)	
 	Core	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Capital Services	 	 	-	 	 	(1	)	 	(4	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	276	 	$	215	 	$	159	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	December 31	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
Identifiable assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Global Mailstream Solutions	 	$	5,015	 	$	4,659	 	
 	Global Enterprise Solutions	 	 	1,044	 	 	924	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Total Messaging Solutions	 	 	6,059	 	 	5,583	 	
 	Non-core	 	 	1,801	 	 	2,137	 	
 	Core	 	 	272	 	 	260	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Capital Services	 	 	2,073	 	 	2,397	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	8,132	 	$	7,980	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Identifiable long-lived assets by geographic areas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	United States	 	$	1,986	 	$	1,792	 	
 	Outside the United States	 	 	757	 	 	660	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	2,743	 	$	2,452	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

72

Reconciliation of segment amounts to consolidated totals:
 	 	Years ended December 31	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Operating profit:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Total operating profit for
   reportable segments	 	$	1,093	 	$	1,053	 	$	1,010	 	
Unallocated amounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Net interest (corporate
   interest expense, net of
   intercompany transactions)	 	 	(108	)	 	(88	)	 	(70	)	
 	Corporate expense	 	 	(147	)	 	(133	)	 	(128	)	
 	Capital services charges	 	 	-	 	 	(213	)	 	-	 	
 	Cost of meter transition	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	(268	)	
 	Restructuring charges	 	 	(117	)	 	-	 	 	(116	)	
 	Other income	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	338	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income from continuing operations
     before income taxes	 	$	721	 	$	619	 	$	766	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Total interest expense for
     reportable segments	 	$	57	 	$	91	 	$	114	 	
 	Net interest (corporate interest
   expense, net of intercompany
   transactions)	 	 	108	 	 	88	 	 	70	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Consolidated net interest expense	 	$	165	 	$	179	 	$	184	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
   Total depreciation and
     amortization for reportable
     segments	 	$	277	 	$	251	 	$	228	 	
Corporate depreciation	 	 	12	 	 	13	 	 	16	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	73	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Consolidated depreciation
   and amortization	 	$	289	 	$	264	 	$	317	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total additions for
     reportable segments	 	$	276	 	$	215	 	$	159	 	
Unallocated amounts	 	 	10	 	 	10	 	 	26	 	
 	Discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	71	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Consolidated capital expenditures	 	$	286	 	$	225	 	$	256	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	December 31	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2003	 	2002	 	

	 	

	 	
Total assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Total identifiable assets by reportable segments	 	$	8,132	 	$	7,980	 	
 	Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments	 	 	294	 	 	319	 	
 	General corporate assets	 	 	465	 	 	433	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Consolidated assets	 	$	8,891	 	$	8,732	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
73

22.   Fair value of financial instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and notes payable
The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Investment securities
The fair value of investment securities is estimated based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes and other estimates.

Loans receivable
The fair value of loans receivable is estimated based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes or by discounting the future cash flows using current interest rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and similar remaining maturities.

Long-term debt
The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted dealer prices for the same or similar issues.

Interest rate swap agreements and foreign currency exchange contracts
The fair values of interest rate swaps and foreign currency exchange contracts are obtained from dealer quotes. These values represent the estimated amount the company would receive or pay to terminate agreements, taking into consideration current interest rates, the creditworthiness of the counterparties and current foreign currency exchange rates.

Transfer of receivables with recourse
The fair value of the recourse liability represents the estimate of expected future losses and has accordingly been recorded in the company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The company periodically evaluates the adequacy of reserves and estimates of expected losses; if the resulting evaluation of expected losses differs from the actual reserve, adjustments are made to the reserve.

The estimated fair value of the company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2003 is as follows:
 	 	Carrying
value (a)	 	Fair value	 	

	 	

	 	
Investment securities	 	$	33,270	 	$	34,064	 	
Loans receivable	 	$	359,699	 	$	359,702	 	
Long-term debt	 	$	(3,326,748	)	$	(3,401,165	)	
Interest rate swaps	 	$	(15,184	)	$	(15,184	)	
Foreign currency exchange contracts	 	$	(4,825	)	$	(4,825	)	
Transfer of receivables with recourse	 	$	(428	)	$	(428	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(a)	Carrying value includes accrued interest and deferred fee income, where applicable.	
The estimated fair value of the company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2002 is as follows:
 	 	Carrying
value (a)	 	Fair value	 	

	 	

	 	
Investment securities	 	$	24,261	 	$	24,222	 	
Loans receivable	 	$	349,658	 	$	350,277	 	
Long-term debt	 	$	(3,141,421	)	$	(3,233,414	)	
Interest rate swaps	 	$	(12,119	)	$	(12,119	)	
Foreign currency exchange contracts	 	$	1,287	 	$	1,287	 	
Transfer of receivables with recourse	 	$	(513	)	$	(513	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(a)	Carrying value includes accrued interest and deferred fee income, where applicable.	
74

23.   Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

Summarized quarterly financial data (dollars in millions, except for per share data) for 2003 and 2002 follows:
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	

	 	
2003	 	Mar. 31	 	June 30	 	Sept. 30	 	Dec. 31	 	Year	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	1,091	 	$	1,134	 	$	1,137	 	$	1,215	 	$	4,577	 	
Gross profit (1)	 	 	562	 	 	586	 	 	593	 	 	628	 	 	2,370	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	21	 	 	32	 	 	43	 	 	20	 	 	117	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	 	114	 	 	119	 	 	118	 	 	144	 	 	495	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	3	 	 	3	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	114	 	$	119	 	$	118	 	$	147	 	$	498	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Continuing operations	 	$	.48	 	$	.51	 	$	.51	 	$	.62	 	$	2.12	 	
 	Discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	.01	 	 	.01	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	.48	 	$	.51	 	$	.51	 	$	.63	 	$	2.13	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Continuing operations	 	$	.48	 	$	.50	 	$	.50	 	$	.61	 	$	2.10	 	
 	Discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	.01	 	 	.01	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	.48	 	$	.50	 	$	.50	 	$	.62	 	$	2.11	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	Three Months Ended	 	

	 	
2002	 	Mar. 31	 	June 30	 	Sept. 30	 	Dec. 31	 	Year	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	1,050	 	$	1,081	 	$	1,114	 	$	1,165	 	$	4,410	 	
Gross profit (1)	 	 	553	 	 	578	 	 	589	 	 	619	 	 	2,339	 	
Capital services charges	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	213	 	 	213	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	 	130	 	 	143	 	 	147	 	 	18	 	 	438	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	38	 	 	38	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	130	 	$	143	 	$	147	 	$	56	 	$	476	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      Continuing operations	 	$	.54	 	$	.60	 	$	.62	 	$	.08	 	$	1.83	 	
      Discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	.16	 	 	.16	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	.54	 	$	.60	 	$	.62	 	$	.24	 	$	1.99	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
      Continuing operations	 	$	.53	 	$	.59	 	$	.61	 	$	.08	 	$	1.81	 	
      Discontinued operations	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	.16	 	 	.16	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	.53	 	$	.59	 	$	.61	 	$	.24	 	$	1.97	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(1)	Gross profit is defined as total revenue less cost of sales, cost of rentals, cost of core financing, cost of non-core financing, cost of business services and cost of support services.	
The sum of the quarters and earnings per share amounts may not equal the annual and total amounts due to rounding.

75

Report of Independent Auditors
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) on page 78 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pitney Bowes Inc. and its subsidiaries (the company) at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) on page 78 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, in 2002 the company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP	 	

	 	
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP	 	
Stamford, Connecticut	 	
February 20, 2004	 	
76

ITEM 9 –	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
None

ITEM 9A – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Explanation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of the company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective based on their evaluation of these controls and procedures required by paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART III

ITEM 10 – DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Except for information regarding the company’s executive officers the information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Election of Directors,” “How much stock is owned by directors and executive officers?,” “Which stockholders own at least 5% of Pitney Bowes?” and “Security Ownership” of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Notice of the 2004 Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors has determined that each of Michael I. Roth, Chair of the Audit Committee, and Audit Committee members Herbert L. Henkel, David L. Shedlarz and Robert E. Weissman is an audit committee financial expert as defined by Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act and each is independent as that term is used in Item 7(d)(3)(iv) of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act.

Audit Committee

The company has a separately designated standing Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The members of the Audit Committee are Ernie Green, Herbert L. Henkel, Michael I. Roth (Chair), David L. Shedlarz and Robert E. Weissman.

Code of Ethics and Corporate Governance

The company has adopted codes of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers (including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller) and employees. The Business Practice Guidelines is the company’s code of ethics for employees, including the company’s chief executive officer and senior financial officers, and the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Members of the Board of Directors is the code of ethics for directors.

The Board of Directors adopted Corporate Governance Principles. Stockholders are encouraged to visit the company’s Corporate Governance website at www.pb.com/corporategovernance for information concerning the company’s governance practices. Copies of the Governance Principles of the Board of Directors, the charters of the committees of the Board, the Directors’ Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and the Business Practice Guidelines are available on the company’s Corporate Governance website, and printed copies are available to shareholders upon request.

77

ITEM 11 –	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
The sections entitled “Directors’ Compensation,” “Executive Officer Compensation,” “Severance and Change of Control Arrangements” and “Pension Benefits” of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Notice of the 2004 Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12 –	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION TABLE

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2003 regarding the number of shares of the company’s common stock that may be issued under the company’s equity compensation plans.
Plan Category	 	(a)
Number of securities to be issued 
upon exercise of outstanding 
options, warrants and rights	 	(b)
Weighted-average exercise 
price of outstanding options,
 warrants and rights	 	(c)
Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance 
under equity compensation plans 
excluding securities reflected in 
column (a)	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Equity compensation plans
   approved by security
   holders	 	 	21,405,585	 	 	 	$	38.52	 	 	 	24,506,903	 	 	
Equity compensation plans
   not approved by security
   holders	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	-	 	 	 	-	 	 	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	 	 	
Total	 	 	21,405,585	 	 	 	$	38.52	 	 	 	24,506,903	 	 	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	

	 	 	
The sections entitled “How much stock is owned by directors, and executive officers?” and “Security Ownership” of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Notice of the 2004 Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13 –	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS	
As part of the spin-off of IGI, Pitney Bowes entered into several agreements with IGI that govern the ongoing relations between the two companies. The purpose of the agreements is to provide an orderly transition for both companies. Additional or modified agreements, arrangements or transactions, which would be negotiated at arm’s length, may be entered into between Pitney Bowes and IGI.

Agreements included matters such as cross-indemnification, employee benefits, non-competition provisions, restrictions on solicitation or employment of employees, access of information, provision of witnesses, confidentiality, transaction expenses, employee termination, transition services, tax separation, intellectual property, vendor financing, real estate and a credit agreement.
ITEM 14 –	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	
The section entitled “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Notice of the 2004 Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV
ITEM 15 –	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K	

(a)	1.	Financial statements - see Item 8 on page 33 and “Index to Financial Schedules” on page 86.	
 	 	 	
 	2.	Financial statement schedules - see “Index to Financial Schedules” on page 86.	
 	 	 	
 	3.	Exhibits (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K).	
78

Reg. S-K
exhibits	 	Description	 	Status or incorporation
by reference	

	
 	(3)(a)	 	Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3a) to Form 10-K as
filed with the Commission on March 30, 1993. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(a.1)	 	Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended May 29, 1996)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a.1) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 27, 1998. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(b)	 	By-laws, as amended	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3b) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on April 1, 1996. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(c)	 	By-laws, as amended	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(ii) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on November 16, 1998. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(4)(a)	 	Form of Indenture dated as of November 15, 1987 between the company and Chemical Bank, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4a) to Form 10-K as
filed with the Commission on March 24, 1988. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(b)	 	Form of Debt Securities	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4b) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 24, 1988. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(c)	 	Form of First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June
1, 1989 between the company and Chemical Bank, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (1) to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on June 16, 1989. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(d)	 	Form of Indenture dated as of April 15, 1990 between the company and Chemical Bank, as successor to Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4.1) to Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-33948) as filed with the
Commission on March 28, 1990.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(e)	 	Forms of Debt Securities	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on May 14, 1990. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(f)	 	Form of Indenture dated as of May 1, 1985 between Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4a) to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 2-97411) as filed with the Commission on May 1, 1985.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(g)	 	Letter Agreement between Pitney Bowes Inc. and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4b) to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 2-97411) as filed with the Commission on May 1, 1985.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(h)	 	Form of First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 1, 1986 between Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4b) to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-10766) as filed with the Commission on December 12, 1986.	
79

Reg. S-K
exhibits	 	Description	 	Status or incorporation
by reference	

	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(i)	 	Form of Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 15, 1989 between Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4c) to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-27244) as filed with the Commission on February 24, 1989.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(j)	 	Form of Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1,
1989 between Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (1) to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on May 16, 1989. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(k)	 	Indenture dated as of November 1, 1995 between the company and Chemical Bank, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4a) to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-62485) as filed with the Commission on November 2, 1995.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(l)	 	Preference Share Purchase Rights Agreement dated December 11, 1995 between the company and Chemical Mellon Shareholder Services, LLC., as Rights Agent, as amended	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on March 13, 1996. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(l.1)	 	Certificate of amendment to the Preference Share Purchase Rights Agreement dated December 11, 1995 between the company and Chemical Mellon Shareholder Services, LLC., as Rights Agent, as amended December 8, 1998	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4.4) to Form 8-A/A as filed with the Commission on December 19, 2003. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	The company has outstanding certain other long-term indebtedness. Such long-term indebtedness does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the company; therefore, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of such indebtedness are not included as exhibits. The company agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.	
80

Executive Compensation Plans:
 	(10)(a)	 	Retirement Plan for Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10a) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 30, 1993. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (b)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors’ Stock Plan (as amended and restated 1997)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (i) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 31, 1997. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (b.1)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors’ Stock Plan (as amended and restated 1999)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (i) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 30, 2000. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (b.2)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors’ Stock Plan (as amended and restated 2003)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on August 11, 2003. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (c)	 	Pitney Bowes 1991 Stock Plan	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10b) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 25, 1992. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (c.1)	 	First Amendment to Pitney Bowes 1991 Stock Plan	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (ii) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 31, 1997. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (c.2)	 	Second Amendment to Pitney Bowes 1991 Stock Plan	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (i) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on November 13, 1997. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (c.3)	 	Pitney Bowes 1991 Stock Plan (as amended and restated)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on May 14, 1998. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (c.4)	 	Pitney Bowes 1998 Stock Plan (as amended and restated)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (ii) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 30, 2000. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (d)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees’ Incentive Plan (as amended and restated)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10c) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 25, 1992. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (d.1)	 	First Amendment to Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees’ Incentive Plan (as amended and restated June 10, 1991)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (iii) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 31, 1997. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (d.2)	 	Second Amendment to Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees’ Incentive Plan (as amended and restated)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (i) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 26, 2001. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (e)	 	1979 Pitney Bowes Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10d) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 25, 1992. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  (f)	 	Pitney Bowes Severance Plan, as amended, dated December 12, 1988	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 23, 1989. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
81

Executive Compensation Plans:
 	   (g)	 	Pitney Bowes Executive Severance Policy, adopted December 11, 1995	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10h) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on April 1, 1996. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (h)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan for
the Board of Directors	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (i) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on May 15, 1997. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 (h.1)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan for
the Board of Directors (as amended and restated 1999)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (iii) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 30, 2000. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (i)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (v) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 31, 1997. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (j)	 	Pitney Bowes U.K. Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated 1999)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (iv) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 30, 2000. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (k)	 	Pitney Bowes Letter of Agreement with Marc C. Breslawsky dated October 27, 2000	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (vi) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 26, 2001. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (l)	 	Pitney Bowes Separation Agreement with Marc C. Breslawsky dated October 27, 2000	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (vii) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 26, 2001. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (m)	 	Pitney Bowes Separation Agreement with Marc C. Breslawsky dated October 27, 2000	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (viii) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 26, 2001. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	   (n)	 	Pitney Bowes Separation Agreement with Karen M. Garrison dated December 5, 2003	 	Exhibit (iv)	
82

 	(12)	 	Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges	 	Exhibit (i)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(21)	 	Subsidiaries of the registrant	 	Exhibit (ii)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(23)	 	Consent of experts and counsel	 	Exhibit (iii)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(31.1)	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002	 	See page 91	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(31.2)	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002	 	See page 92	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(32.1)	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350	 	See page 93	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(32.2)	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350	 	See page 94	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(b)  	 	Reports on Form 8-K	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	On December 19, 2003, the company filed a current report on Form 8-K pursuant to Item 5 thereof, reporting the Press Release dated December 18, 2003, announcing that it had amended its Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1995, between the Company and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., as successor Rights Agent to Chemical Mellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as amended (the “Rights Agreement”). The amendment provides that the Rights (as defined in the Rights Agreement) will expire on February 20, 2004, two years earlier than the initial expiration date of the Rights Agreement.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	On December 4, 2003, the company filed a current report on Form 8-K pursuant to Item 9 thereof, reporting the Press Release dated December 2, 2003, announcing the realignment of its organizational structure to enhance customer and shareholder value.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	On October 23, 2003, the company filed a current report on Form 8-K pursuant to Items 9 and 12 thereof, reporting the Press Release dated October 23, 2003, regarding its financial results for the period ended September 30, 2003.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	On October 23, 2003, the company filed a current report on Form 8-K pursuant to Item 5 thereof, reporting the Press Release dated October 23, 2003, regarding its completion of the acquisition of DDD Company.	
83

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 	PITNEY BOWES INC.	 	
 	 	 	
 	By:	/s/ Michael J. Critelli	 	

	 	
 	 	(Michael J. Critelli)	 	
 	 	Chairman and Chief	 	
 	 	Executive Officer	 	
 	 	 	 	
 	Date: March 9, 2004	 	
84

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature	 	Title	 	Date	

	 	

	 	

	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Michael J. Critelli	 	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer – Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Michael J. Critelli	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Bruce P. Nolop	 	Executive Vice President and Chief	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	 	 	
Bruce P. Nolop	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Joseph R. Catapano	 	Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Joseph R. Catapano	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Linda G. Alvarado	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Linda G. Alvarado	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Colin G. Campbell	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Colin G. Campbell	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Jessica P. Einhorn	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Jessica P. Einhorn	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Ernie Green	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Ernie Green	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Herbert L. Henkel	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Herbert L. Henkel	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ James H. Keyes	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
James H. Keyes	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ John S. McFarlane	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
John S. McFarlane	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Eduardo R. Menascé	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Eduardo R. Menascé	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Michael I. Roth	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Michael I. Roth	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ David L. Shedlarz	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
David L. Shedlarz	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Robert E. Weissman	 	Director	 	March 9, 2004	

	 	 	 	 	
Robert E. Weissman	 	 	 	 	
85

INDEX TO FINANCIAL SCHEDULES

The financial schedules should be read in conjunction with the financial statements included in Item 8 in this Form 10-K. Schedules not included herein have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto. Also, separate financial statements of less than 100% owned companies, which are accounted for by the equity method, have been omitted because they do not constitute significant subsidiaries.
 	 	Page	

	
Pitney Bowes Inc.:	 	 	
 	 	 	
 	Financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:	 	 	
 	 	 	
 	Report of independent auditors on
   financial statement schedule	 	76	
 	 	 	
 	Valuation and qualifying accounts and
   reserves (Schedule II)	 	86	
 	 	 	 	 	
PITNEY BOWES INC.

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 TO 2003

(Dollars in thousands)
Description	 	Balance at beginning
of year	 	Additions
charged to costs
and expenses	 	Deductions	 	Balance at
end of year	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2003	 	 	$	35,139	 	 	 	$	15,810	 	 	$	11,171	(2)	$	39,778	 	
2002	 	 	$	32,448	 	 	 	$	16,391	 	 	$	13,700	(2)	$	35,139	 	
2001	 	 	$	26,468	 	 	 	$	16,294	 	 	$	10,314	(2)	$	32,448	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for credit losses on finance receivables (5)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2003	 	 	$	154,008	 	 	 	$	51,910	 	 	$	64,734	(2)	$	141,184	 	
2002	 	 	$	127,418	 	 	 	$	92,858	 	(4)	$	66,268	(2)	$	154,008	 	
2001	 	 	$	97,351	 	 	 	$	80,467	 	(3)	$	50,400	(2)	$	127,418	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset (1)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2003	 	 	$	13,398	 	 	 	$	10,659	 	 	$	11,340	 	$	12,717	 	
2002	 	 	$	23,823	 	 	 	$	2,641	 	 	$	13,066	 	$	13,398	 	
2001	 	 	$	24,949	 	 	 	$	2,895	 	 	$	4,021	 	$	23,823	 	

 	(1)	Included in Consolidated Balance Sheets as a liability.	
 	(2)	Principally uncollectible accounts written off.	
 	(3)	Includes additions related to the meter transition plan.	
 	(4)	Includes $32 million of additions related to Capital Services charges.	
 	(5)	Excludes $70 million of additional credit loss reserves related to PBG. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.	
86

EXHIBIT (iv)

SEPARATION AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT dated as of December 5, 2003 between Pitney Bowes Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Karen M. Garrison ("the Executive").

      WHEREAS, the Company has announced that it is realigning its organizational structure to deliver enhanced customer and shareholder value; and

     WHEREAS, the Executive, as part of the design of the new structural alignment, decided to accelerate her previously planned retirement; and

     WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

     SECTION 1 Definitions

     For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.

     “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

     “Separation Date” means July 31, 2004.

     “Severance Period” means the period from August 1, 2004 up to and including July 31, 2006.

     “Transition Period” means the period from January 1, 2004 up to and including July 31, 2004.

     SECTION 2 Term of the Agreement

     This Agreement shall be in effect from the date hereof.

     SECTION 3 Transition Duties

     During the Transition Period, the Executive will complete her work on the Company’s real estate and facilities optimization plan and will continue to assist in the development and implementation of the Company’s mail and document management strategy. The Executive will continue to receive her current base salary and participate in all other Company benefit plans as an active employee. At the conclusion of the Transition Period, the Executive will begin the Severance Period.

Page 1

     SECTION 4 Severance

     During the Severance Period, the Executive will receive severance pay of $64,583.33 per month through the Severance Period. Severance will be paid on regular paydays.

     SECTION 5 Other Incentives

     (a) The Company shall pay the Executive the gross amount of $360,416.67 in lieu of any 2004 incentive bonus, which would normally be payable in February 2005, or any other compensation claims. Payment will be included in the Executive’s pay check no later than 30 business days after the Separation Date.

     (b) The Company shall pay the Executive a payout of outstanding Cash Incentive Units (“CIUs”) pursuant to the KEIP at the close of each respective cycle in accordance with the terms of KEIP; provided, however, that such payout of CIUs shall be based on the Executive’s total number of completed months of active service with the Company during each 36 month CIU cycle and on the achievement of performance-based targets associated with the CIUs. For purposes of this prorated calculation, the targeted payout shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Executive’s total number of completed months of active service with the Company during the particular CIU cycle and the denominator of which is 36.

     (c) Any payments made under this Section 5 shall be in lieu of any 2004 incentive pay, or any other compensation claims to which the Executive may otherwise be entitled under the KEIP and any other practice or policy of the Company with respect to short and long term incentives. The Executive will not be eligible for any stock options grant in 2004.

     SECTION 6 Medical and Dental

     (a) The Executive and her eligible dependents may at her option elect to continue to participate in the Company’s group medical and dental plans (or any successor medical or dental plans adopted by the Company) (collectively, “Medical Plans”) during the Severance Period on the same terms applicable from time to time to active employees. The Executive understands that although she and her eligible dependents may continue to participate in the Company’s Medical Plans, in accordance with the terms of the Medical Plans, the Company reserves the right to change carriers, modify plan designs and pricing and make other changes to the Medical Plans and policies.

     (b) Upon the Executive’s retirement at the conclusion of the Severance Period, the Executive and her eligible dependents shall be eligible for coverage under the Company’s retiree group medical and dental plans, in accordance with the terms of such plans as of that date. In accordance with the terms of the Medical Plans, the Company reserves the right to amend future plan design and active employee contribution rates.

Page 2

     (c) As of the Separation Date, the Executive’s coverage under the Company’s disability plans, including long and short-term disability insurance and Accidental Death & Dismemberment insurance, shall cease.

     SECTION 7 Perquisites

     (a) As of the Separation Date, the Company shall cease to provide the Executive with an automobile allowance.

     (b) The Executive shall be provided at the Company’s sole expense with professional financial counseling and tax preparation services for a period of 12 months following the Separation Date, subject to reasonable limitations as to dollar amounts established by the Company on a uniform basis for similarly situated executives. In addition, the Company shall pay the Executive the net amount of $1,500 for expenses resulting from the preparation of the Executive’s 2005 federal and state tax return. This payment shall be made within 30 business days after the Separation date.

     (c) Any payments made under this Section 7 shall be in lieu of any other perquisites to which the Executive may otherwise be entitled under the programs, plans, practices or policies of the Company following the Separation Date.

     SECTION 8 Covenants

     (a) Confidentiality.

          (i) The Executive will at all times (whether during or after her employment with the Company) hold all Confidential Information in strictest confidence and not use or disclose directly or indirectly any Confidential Information to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity (each, a “Person”), without prior written authorization of the Board. “Confidential Information” means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets and know-how, including but not limited to research, product plans, products, services, passwords, customer lists and customers (including but not limited to customers of the Company on whom the Executive called or with whom the Executive became acquainted during her employment), markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances and other business information disclosed to the Executive by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation or generated by the Executive during her employment with the Company. The Executive further understands that Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items which has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of hers or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.

Page 3

     (b) Non-Competition. At all times during her employment and during the Severance Period, the Executive will not, except with the prior written consent of the Company:
 	     (i)  become engaged in or become interested, directly or indirectly, as a director, officer, employee, manager, 10% or greater stockholder of, partner in, or consultant to any business which provides facilities management services, record management services, document services, incoming mail services, EDP to mail service, mail management services, copying or reprographic services, imaging services, automated document factory services, or any combination of the same, which are competitive with Pitney Bowes Management Services or Pitney Bowes Government Services, or any type of services the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently providing or identified for introduction into the marketplace up through the strategy most recently approved by senior management;	

 	     (ii)  become engaged or become interested, directly or indirectly, as a director, officer, employee, manager, 10% or greater stockholder of, partner in, or consultant to any business which is engaged in the development, manufacture, or distribution of desktop or network printers, mail finishing or sorting equipment, including production mail or postage meters, shipping and logistics equipment, or software and services or supplies which are used in mailing and shipping functions and which are competitive with categories of equipment, firmware, software, or supplies manufactured or distributed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for the functions described above, or identified for introduction into the marketplace up through the strategy most recently approved by senior management. Mailing and shipping functions include both in-bound and out-bound mail and physical and hybrid mail.	

     The Executive may request the Company’s approval to become a Director in a tangential competitor deemed insignificant by the Company which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     (c) Non-Solicitation of Employees. At all times during her employment and during the Severance Period, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly,
(i)	 	solicit, entice, or encourage any employee of the Company or any independent contractor of the Company, to terminate his or her relationship with the Company, or	

(ii)	 	hire any such individual, or	

(iii)	 	otherwise knowingly approve the taking of such actions by any other person, except with the prior written consent of the Company.	

     (d) Non-Diversion of Customers. At all times during her employment and during the Severance Period, the Executive will not directly or indirectly, divert or take away, or attempt to divert or to take away, the business or patronage of any of the customers or accounts, or prospective customers or

Page 4

accounts, of the Company.

     (e) Non-Disparagement. At all times during her employment with the Company and thereafter, the Executive and, to the extent set forth in the next sentence, the Company agree that each party will not knowingly make any statement, written or oral, which disparages or is derogatory to the other party in any communications with any customer or client or in any communications made in a public manner. The Company’s obligations under the preceding sentence shall be limited to communications by its senior corporate executives.

     (f) Cooperation. At any time on or after the Separation Date, the Executive agrees to cooperate fully with the Company in the handling or investigation of any administrative charges, government inquiries or lawsuits involving the Company and to provide such information as the Company may reasonably request with respect to any Company-related transaction, investment or other matter in which the Executive was involved in any way while employed by the Company.

     SECTION 9 Remedies

     (a) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Section 8 hereof would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, the Executive agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to seek equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.

     (b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, from and after any breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 8 hereof, the Company shall provide written notice to the Executive of such breach. If the Executive fails to correct her violation within 30 days, the Company shall cease to have any obligations to make payments or provide benefits to the Executive under this Agreement. The Executive also agrees to return to the Company the full value of any compensation and benefits provided to the Executive while she was in violation of any of the provisions in Section 8 hereof, and to compensate the Company for any actual economic damages suffered by the Company as a result of a breach of any of the provisions of Section 8 hereof.

     (c) It is expressly understood and agreed that the Executive and the Company consider the restrictions contained in Section 8 hereof to be reasonable. If a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Executive, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if the final decision of any tribunal of competent jurisdiction determines that a particular restriction contained herein is unenforceable, and such restriction

Page 5

cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not effect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

     SECTION 10 Release and Waiver of Claims

     (a) It is understood and agreed that as a condition to the Executive becoming entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement, the Executive agrees, that on behalf of herself, her heirs and personal representatives, she releases and discharges the Company from

          (i)   any and all charges, claims and causes of action arising, directly or indirectly out of her employment or her separation from the Company, whether known or unknown, including but not limited to any claims involving tortious course of conduct, breach of contract, defamation and public policy, claims for wages and benefits, monetary and equitable release, punitive or compensatory damages, outrage, outrageous conduct, fraud, promissory estoppel, negligence, intentional or negligent infliction of mental or emotional distress, breach of promise, and breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and

          (ii)   any and all charges, claims and causes or action she may have, whether known or unknown, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended; 42 U. S. C. 1981, as amended; the Americans with Disability Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Connecticut Fair Employment Practices Act, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; and various state and local human rights laws of contract and tort, otherwise relating to her employment at the Company.

     (b) The release and waiver referred to herein shall not apply to the Executive’s vested rights under the Company’s benefit plans and Workers’ Compensation laws, any rights or claims that may arise after the date that the Executive signs this Agreement, and any rights under the provisions of this Agreement. The release and waiver shall be effective with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries, affiliates and divisions and their respective successors and assigns (“Affiliates”), the directors, officers, representatives, shareholders, agents, employees of the Company and the affiliates, and their respective heirs and personal representatives. The Executive represents and warrants that she has not suffered any on-the-job personal injury for which she has not already filed a claim.

     (c) Following the Separation Date, the payments and benefits described in Section 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall not be paid until the Executive has delivered to the Company an executed, additional Waiver and Release covering the Transition Period in the form of Exhibit A.

     SECTION 11 Death of Executive after Entitlement to Payment

Page 6

     If the Executive dies at any time after having become entitled to payments under Section 4 and 5 of this Agreement and prior to having received all amounts owed thereunder, any of the amounts otherwise payable under Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement remaining unpaid at her death shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if none is designated, to her estate.

     SECTION 12 Miscellaneous

     (a) Governing Law/Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

     (b) Payment. Compensation and benefits described in Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement will be paid except if (i) the Executive violates the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 8, or (ii) the Executive is terminated for Cause before August 1, 2004. “Cause” means (i) the Executive, in the performance of her duties for the Company, to the material and demonstrable detriment of the Company, engages in (A) willful misconduct, (B) willful or gross neglect, (C) fraud, (D) misappropriation, (E) embezzlement or (F) theft; or (ii) the Executive’s acknowledgement in writing in any agreement or stipulation to, or the adjudication in, any civil or criminal action, of the commission of any crime, theft, embezzlement, fraud, or other intentional act of dishonesty, breach of trust or unethical behavior involving the business of the Company. No act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be deemed willful unless done or omitted to be done by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

     (c) Arbitration. With respect to any dispute between the parties hereto arising from or relating to the terms of this Agreement, the parties agree to submit such dispute to arbitration in Connecticut under the auspices of and the employment rules of the American Arbitration Association. The determination of the arbitrator(s) shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Executive and judgment upon the award conclusive and binding on the Company and the Executive and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Company and the Executive will each pay one-half of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each party will separately pay for their counsel fees and expenses.

     (d) Entire Agreement/Amendments. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the severance payable to the Executive in the event of a termination of employment during the term of this Agreement. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein other than those expressly set forth herein. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instruction signed by the parties hereto.

Page 7

     (e) No Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

     (f) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. It is understood that this Agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of violation of any statute, law or regulation.

     (g) Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Executive and shall be assignable by the Company only with the consent of the Executive, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that the Company shall require any successor to substantially all of the stock, assets or business of the Company to assume this Agreement.

     (h) Successors; Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, including successors to all or substantially all of the stock, business and/or assets of the Company, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees of the parties.

     (i) Notice. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the execution page of this Agreement, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Chairman of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

     (j) Withholding Taxes. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such U.S. federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

     (k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

     (l) Integration of Other Plans and Programs. The Executive shall continue to have such rights and privileges under the Company’s executive and employee plans and programs as the terms and conditions of such plans and programs may provide taking into account the commitments of the Company under this Agreement; provided, however, that any severance pay shall be determined solely under this Agreement.

Page 8

     (m) Review Period. The Executive acknowledges that she was given the opportunity to consider the terms of this Agreement and to discuss them with legal counsel, that she has 21 days to consider this Agreement, and that she has 7 days to revoke her execution of this Agreement in writing in accordance with Section 12(i).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
 	                                          PITNEY BOWES INC.
   
                                          By: _____________________
                                                      Johnna G. Torsone
                                          Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
                                          World Headquarters
                                          One Elmcroft Road
                                          Stamford, CT 06926-0700	

 	                                          By: _____________________
                                                      Karen M. Garrison	

Page 9

EXHIBIT A
WAIVER AND RELEASE TO BE SIGNED ON THE EXECUTIVE'S SEPARATION DATE

It is understood and agreed that as a condition to the Executive becoming entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement and the continuation of employment during the Transition Period, the Executive agrees, that on behalf of herself, her heirs and personal representatives, she releases and discharges the Company from

          (iii)  any and all charges, claims and causes of action arising, directly or indirectly out of her employment or her separation from the Company, whether known or unknown, including but not limited to any claims involving tortious course of conduct, breach of contract, defamation and public policy, claims for wages and benefits, monetary and equitable release, punitive or compensatory damages, outrage, outrageous conduct, fraud, promissory estoppel, negligence, intentional or negligent infliction of mental or emotional distress, breach of promise, and breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and

          (iv)  any and all charges, claims and causes or action she may have, whether known or unknown, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991, as amended; 42 U. S. C. 1981, as amended; the Americans with Disability Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Connecticut Fair Employment Practices Act, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; and various state and local human rights laws of contract and tort, otherwise relating to her employment at the Company.

     (d) The release and waiver referred to herein shall not apply to the Executive’s vested rights under the Company’s benefit plans and Workers’ Compensation laws, any rights or claims that may arise after the date that the Executive signs this Agreement, and any rights under the provisions of this Agreement. The release and waiver shall be effective with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries, affiliates and divisions and their respective successors and assigns (“Affiliates”), the directors, officers, representatives, shareholders, agents, employees of the Company and the affiliates, and their respective heirs and personal representatives. The Executive represents and warrants that she has not suffered any on-the-job personal injury for which she has not already filed a claim.

     (e) The Executive acknowledges that she was given the opportunity to consider the terms of this Waiver and Release and to discuss them with legal counsel, that she has had 21 days to consider this Waiver and Release, and that she has 7 days to revoke her execution of this Waiver and Release in writing in accordance with Section 12(i) of the Agreement.
 	 	
By:________________________	 	Date:_________________________	 	
             Karen M. Garrison	 	 	 	
Page 10

EXHIBIT (i)

PITNEY BOWES INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (1)

(Dollars in thousands)
 	 	Years ended December 31	 	

	 	
 	 	2003	 	2002	 	2001 (2)	 	2000 (2)	 	1999 (2)	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Income from continuing operations before
   income taxes	 	$	721,091	 	$	619,445	 	$	766,384	 	$	802,848	 	$	823,942	 	
Add:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Interest expense	 	 	167,649	 	 	185,352	 	 	193,076	 	 	200,957	 	 	175,699	 	
 	Portion of rents representative of the interest
  factor	 	 	45,978	 	 	43,032	 	 	36,032	 	 	34,512	 	 	33,042	 	
 	Amortization of capitalized interest	 	 	1,473	 	 	1,348	 	 	973	 	 	973	 	 	973	 	
 	Minority interest in the income of subsidiary
  with fixed charges	 	 	3,924	 	 	5,415	 	 	9,995	 	 	14,237	 	 	12,033	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income as adjusted	 	$	940,115	 	$	854,592	 	$	1,006,460	 	$	1,053,527	 	$	1,045,689	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Interest expense	 	$	167,649	 	$	185,352	 	$	193,076	 	$	200,957	 	$	175,699	 	
 	Capitalized interest	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	-	 	 	2,383	 	 	1,316	 	
 	Portions of rents representative of the interest
  factor	 	 	45,978	 	 	43,032	 	 	36,032	 	 	34,512	 	 	33,042	 	
 	Minority interest, excluding taxes, in the
  income of subsidiary with fixed charges	 	 	5,718	 	 	7,663	 	 	14,893	 	 	20,298	 	 	17,610	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total fixed charges	 	$	219,345	 	$	236,047	 	$	244,001	 	$	258,150	 	$	227,667	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	 	 	4.29	 	 	3.62	 	 	4.12	 	 	4.08	 	 	4.59	 	

(1)	The computation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges has been computed by dividing income from continuing operations before income taxes as adjusted by fixed charges.  Included in fixed charges is one-third of rental expense as the representative portion of interest.	
 	 	
(2)	Amounts reclassified to reflect Office Systems, CPLC and AMIC as discontinued operations. Interest expense and the portion of rents representative of the interest factor of these discontinued operations have been excluded from fixed charges in the computation.	
 	 	
 	Including these amounts in fixed charges, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges would be 3.98, 3.95 and 4.37 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.	
87

EXHIBIT (ii)
Page 1 of 2

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The Registrant, Pitney Bowes Inc., a Delaware Corporation, has no parent.

The following are subsidiaries of the Registrant
(as of December 31, 2003)
Company name	 	Country or state
of incorporation	

	 	

	
 	 	 	
Addressing Systems International Holdings Limited	 	England	
Adrema Leasing Corporation	 	Delaware	
Adrema Maschinen - und - Auto Leasing GmbH	 	Germany	
Adrema Maschinenbau Inc.	 	Delaware	
Andeen Enterprises, Inc.	 	Panama	
Archiver Limited f/k/a Micromedia Limited	 	England	
Artec International Corporation	 	California	
AS Frankering	 	Norway	
Bell & Howell France Holding SAS	 	France	
B. Williams Funding Corp.	 	Delaware	
B. Williams Holding Corp.	 	Delaware	
Canadian Office Services (Toronto) Limited	 	Canada	
Cascade Microfilm Systems, Inc.	 	California	
CPLC Inc.	 	Delaware	
Document Process S.A.	 	France	
ECL Finance Company, NV	 	Netherlands	
Elmcroft Road Realty Corporation	 	Connecticut	
FSL Holdings Inc.	 	Connecticut	
FSL Risk Managers Inc.	 	New York	
Harlow Aircraft Inc.	 	Delaware	
Informatech Inc.	 	California	
Insert AB	 	Sweden	
International Asset Residual Management Ltd.	 	Bermuda	
International Imaging Limited	 	England	
La Agricultora Ecuatoriana S.A.	 	Ecuador	
Lease Continental GmbH	 	Germany	
MailCode Holdings, Inc.	 	Indiana	
MailCode, Inc.	 	Delaware	
MailCode Foreign Sales Corporation	 	Barbados	
Norlin Australia Investments Pty. Limited	 	Australia	
Norlin Industries Ltd.	 	Canada	
Norlin Music (U.K.) Ltd.	 	England	
Oy Adrema Helsinki	 	Finland	
PB Air Inc.	 	Nevada	
PB Aircraft Finance Inc.	 	Delaware	
PB Australia Funding Pty. Limited	 	Australia	
PB Canada Funding Ltd.	 	Canada	
PB CFSC I Inc.	 	Virgin Islands	
PB Equipment Management Inc.	 	Delaware	
PB Forms, Inc.	 	Nebraska	
PB Funding Corporation	 	Delaware	
PB Global Holdings Inc.	 	Connecticut	
PB Global Holdings II Inc.	 	Connecticut	
PB Global Holdings III Inc.	 	Connecticut	
PB Global Holdings IV Inc.	 	Connecticut	
PB Lease Holdings Inc.	 	Nevada	
PB Leasing Corporation	 	Delaware	
PB Leasing (March) Ltd.	 	England	
PB Leasing Services Inc.	 	Nevada	
PB Miles Inc.	 	Delaware	
PB Municipal Funding Inc.	 	Nevada	
PB Nikko FSC Ltd.	 	Bermuda	
PB Nihon FSC Ltd.	 	Bermuda	
PB Partnership Financing Inc.	 	Delaware	
PB Production International Corp.	 	Delaware	
PB Professional Services Inc.	 	Delaware	
PB Public Finance Inc.	 	Delaware	
PB World Trade Corp.	 	Delaware	
PBA Foreign Sales Corporation	 	Barbados	
PBG Holdings Inc.	 	Delaware	
PB/PREFCO Real Estate Holdings Inc.	 	Delaware	
PCAN Mailing Solutions, Inc./Solutions
 D’Affranchissement PCAN Inc.	 	Canada	
Pitney Bowes Australia Pty.	 	Australia	
Pitney Bowes Australia FAS Pty. Limited	 	Australia	
Pitney Bowes Austria Ges.m.b.H	 	Austria	
Pitney Bowes Belgium NV	 	Belgium	
Pitney Bowes of Canada Ltd. – Pitney Bowes du 
Canada Ltee	 	Canada	
Pitney Bowes Canada Holdings Limited	 	Canada	
Pitney Bowes China Inc.	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Credit Australia Limited	 	Australia	
Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Danmark A/S (formerly Haro Systemer AS)	 	Denmark	
Pitney Bowes Data Systems, Ltd.	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.	 	Mexico	
Pitney Bowes Deutschland GmbH	 	Germany	
Pitney Bowes docSense, Inc.	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Document Messaging Technologies
SA (formerly Bell & Howell France SA)	 	France	
Pitney Bowes Document Messaging Technologies
Limited (formerly Bell & Howell Limited)	 	England	
Pitney Bowes Espana, S.A.	 	Spain	
Pitney Bowes Finance S.A.	 	France	
Pitney Bowes Finans Norge AS	 	Norway	
Pitney Bowes Finance plc (formerly PB Leasing Ltd.)	 	England	
Pitney Bowes Finance Ireland Limited	 	Ireland	
Pitney Bowes France S.A.	 	France	
Pitney Bowes Global Limited	 	England	
Pitney Bowes Government Solutions, Inc.	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Holding SNC	 	France	
Pitney Bowes Holdings B.V.	 	Netherlands	
Pitney Bowes Holdings Denmark ApS	 	Denmark	
Pitney Bowes Holdings Limited	 	England	
Pitney Bowes Hong Kong Inc.	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Hong Kong Limited	 	Hong Kong	
Pitney Bowes India Inc.	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Insurance Agency, Inc.	 	Connecticut	
Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc.	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Italia S.r.l.	 	Italy	
Pitney Bowes Japan KK	 	Japan	
Pitney Bowes Korea Ltd.	 	Korea	
Pitney Bowes (Ireland) Limited	 	Ireland	
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg SARL	 	Luxembourg	
88

EXHIBIT (ii)
Page 2 of 2

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The Registrant, Pitney Bowes Inc., a Delaware Corporation, has no parent.

The following are subsidiaries of the Registrant
(as of December 31, 2003)
Company name	 	Country or state
of incorporation	

	 	

	
 	 	 	
Pitney Bowes (Macau) Limited	 	Macau	
Pitney Bowes Mail and Messaging Systems (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.	 	Shanghai	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Belgium, NV	 	Belgium	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Canada, Inc. 
Services de Gestion Pitney Bowes Canada, Inc.	 	Canada	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Denmark, A/S	 	Denmark	
Pitney Bowes Management Services France S.A.S.	 	France	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Deutschland GmbH	 	Germany	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Italia S.r.l.	 	Italy	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Limited	 	England	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Netherlands, B.V.	 	Netherlands	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Norway A.S.	 	Norway	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Sweden AB	 	Sweden	
Pitney Bowes Management Services, Inc.	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes Netherlands B.V.	 	Netherlands	
Pitney Bowes New Zealand Limited	 	New Zealand	
Pitney Bowes Oy	 	Finland	
Pitney Bowes Portugal Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda.	 	Portugal	
Pitney Bowes Limited	 	England	
Pitney Bowes Properties Inc.	 	Connecticut	
Pitney Bowes Real Estate Financing Corporation	 	Delaware	
Pitney Bowes SA (Pty) Ltd.	 	South Africa	
Pitney Bowes Servicios, S.A. de C.V.	 	Mexico	
Pitney Bowes Shelton Realty Inc.	 	Connecticut	
Pitney Bowes (Singapore) Pte Ltd.	 	Singapore	
Pitney Bowes Svenska Aktiebolag	 	Sweden	
Pitney Bowes (Switzerland) AG	 	Switzerland	
Pitney Bowes (Thailand) Limited	 	Thailand	
Pitney Structured Funding I Inc.	 	Delaware	
Pitney B2B Capital.com Inc.	 	Delaware	
PitneyWorks.com Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO Dover Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO Onze Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO I LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO II SPE Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO II Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO III LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO IV LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO V LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO VI Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO VI LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO VII Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO VII LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO VIII LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO IX LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XI LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XII LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XIII Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XIII LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XIV LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XV LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XVI Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XVI LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XVII Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XVII LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XVIII LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XIX LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XXI Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XXI LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XXII Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XXII LP Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XXIV Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO XXV Inc.	 	Delaware	
PREFCO – Dayton Community Urban
Redevelopment Corporation	 	Ohio	
PREFCO Twelve Holdings Inc.	 	Delaware	
PRINTLINX CORPORATION	 	Canada	
PSI Group, Inc.	 	Delaware	
P. Technical Services Limited	 	England	
Remington Customer Finance Pty. Limited	 	Australia	
ROM Holdings Pty. Limited	 	Australia	
ROM Securities Pty. Limited	 	Australia	
RMPB Limited	 	England	
Rosenkvist Kontormaskiner Odense A/S	 	Denmark	
Sales and Service Training Center Inc.	 	Georgia	
Secap (Groupe Pitney Bowes) SAS	 	France	
Secap Posthantering AB	 	Sweden	
Secap Technologies Limited	 	England	
Societe Francaise de Financement D’Etudes et de 
Participation SA	 	France	
Sopalil S.A.	 	France	
Technopli SARL	 	France	
The Pitney Bowes Bank, Inc.	 	Utah	
Time-Sensitive Delivery Guide Inc.	 	Delaware	
Tower FSC, Ltd.	 	Bermuda	
Universal Postal Frankers Ltd.	 	England	
Waterview Resolution Corporation	 	Massachusetts	
Wheeler Insurance, Ltd.	 	Vermont	
1136 Corporation	 	Delaware	
75 V Corp.	 	Delaware	
89

EXHIBIT (iii)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting part of the Registration Statements on:
 	Form	 	Reference	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-8	 	No. 33-5291	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-8	 	No. 33-4549	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-8	 	No. 33-22238	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-8	 	No. 33-5765	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-8	 	No. 33-41182	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-8	 	No. 333-66735	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 33-5289	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 33-5290	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 33-18280	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 33-25730	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 33-21723	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 33-27244	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 33-33948	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 333-51281	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Form S-3	 	No. 333-72304	 	
of Pitney Bowes Inc. of our report dated February 20, 2004 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP	 	

	 	
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP	 	
Stamford, Connecticut	 	
March 9, 2004	 	
90

EXHIBIT (31.1)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Michael J. Critelli, certify that:	
 	
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;	
 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;	
 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;	
 	 	
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	
 	 a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;	
 	 	 	
 	 b.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	 	
 	 c.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	 	
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	
 	 a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	 	
 	 b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: March 9, 2004
/s/ Michael J. Critelli	 	

	 	
Michael J. Critelli	 	
Chief Executive Officer	 	
91

EXHIBIT (31.2)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Bruce P. Nolop, certify that:	
 	
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;	
 	 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;	
 	 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;	
 	 	 	
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	 	
 	a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;	
 	 	 	
 	b.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	 	
 	c.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	 	
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	 	
 	a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	 	
 	b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: March 9, 2004
/s/ Bruce P. Nolop	 	

	 	
Bruce P. Nolop	 	
Chief Financial Officer	 	
92

EXHIBIT (32.1)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the “company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.
I, Michael J. Critelli, Chief Executive Officer of the company, certify that, to the best of my knowledge:	
 	
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and	
 	 	 	
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.	

/s/ Michael J. Critelli	 	

	 	
Michael J. Critelli	 	
Chief Executive Officer	 	
March 9, 2004	 	
93

EXHIBIT (32.2)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the “company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.
I, Bruce P. Nolop, Chief Financial Officer of the company, certify that, to the best of my knowledge:	
 	 	 	
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and	
 	 	 	
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.	

/s/ Bruce P. Nolop	 	

	 	
Bruce P. Nolop	 	
Chief Financial Officer	 	
March 9, 2004	 	
94